SUBSCRIBE

real estate investing podcast

Subscribe Here

Subscribe to get updates on future podcast episodes, articles, videos and more.

Subscribe on Android
  • iWIN
  • Invest in the U.S.

He Worked 60 Hours a Week for 25 Years. Then He Installed a System and Sold for an 8-Figure Exit.

June 26, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

By Erwin Szeto | Co-Founder, iWIN Wealth Planning 

Recorded: June 2026 

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Financial Independence for Canadians 

Guest: Byron Darlison, Founder Rise Vision, Certified Metronomics Coach, Accelerator Coach EO Toronto

He Worked 60 Hours a Week for 25 Years. Then He Installed a System and Sold for an 8-Figure Exit.

Byron Darlison on Business Operating Systems, the Great Wealth Transfer, and What Financial Independence Actually Looks Like.

Byron Darlison started Rise Vision in Toronto in 1992. He ran it for 30 years without raising a dollar of outside equity. For 25 of those years, he worked 60-plus-hour weeks, watched the business oscillate between good years and terrible years, and never fully understood what was making it unpredictable. 

In year 25, he hired a business coach and installed Metronomics as his operating system. In the 5 years that followed, profits went from break-even to 20% sustained net margins. Revenue growth went from low single digits to 15 to 20% per year. His personal work week dropped from 60-plus hours to under 10. He promoted his COO to run the company and stepped back to chairperson. In year 30, he sold Rise Vision to AUO Display Plus for an 8-figure exit, with no earn-out and no employment clause. His team still runs and grows the business today. 

He now coaches a small number of founders privately using Metronomics and serves as Mentorship Chair and Accelerator Coach at Entrepreneurs’ Organization Toronto. He publishes free frameworks, AI prompts, and tools at darlison.com. 

This is a conversation about what it actually takes to build a business that works without you, why most founders never get there, and why the next decade may be the best buying opportunity for small businesses in Canadian history. 

25 Years of Hard Work, Inconsistent Results 

Rise Vision did not start as a digital signage company. Byron spent years building software for Reuters to power LED screens on trading floors, then moved into banks, retail, and gradually what the industry started calling digital signage. For most of those years, the company was spread across 117 different industries. It had good years and bad years. The team was talented and deeply loyal, with some people staying more than 20 years. But consistency was elusive. 

Byron describes the dynamic bluntly: the team was exceptional at fighting fires. Nobody was in charge of fire prevention. There was no clear accountability structure, no defined priorities, and no rhythm that held the business to a standard quarter over quarter. 

He tried to fix it himself. He worked through Scaling Up, the Great Game of Business, Scrum, Basecamp, and lean startup principles. He spent a year attempting to self-implement a business operating system and made limited progress. Looking back, he identifies 4 reasons why it did not work. He was simultaneously the person building the accountability system and the person the system was supposed to hold accountable. When you are a player on the field, you cannot see the whole field. The team had watched him launch initiatives before and learned to wait them out. And without someone who had visibly done it before, there was nothing to counter the quiet skepticism that this time would be any different. 

What a Business Operating System Actually Is 

Byron defines a business operating system simply: a set of rituals at a specific cadence, captured in artifacts, that becomes religion. 

Not a framework you run for a quarter and then move on from. A rhythm that becomes so embedded that breaking it is unthinkable. Meetings that happen at the same time every week. Scorecards that are updated and reviewed in every session. Accountability structures where every person knows their domain, their critical number, and exactly what a good day looks like for them. 

The key insight he shares: the founder has to be the first to demonstrate the discipline. If the founder shows up late, everyone shows up late. If the founder skips meetings, everyone skips meetings. The system only works if the leader makes it non-negotiable for themselves first. 

For a company with a long history of operating in a loose way, he warns it takes about a year before the system starts to stick. The tell is when team members start self-correcting each other, saying we do not do it like that, we do it like this, before the founder has to say it. At that point, the organization has internalized the rhythm and it starts to compound. 

5 Years That Changed Everything 

The results Byron describes after installing Metronomics are specific and verifiable: 20% sustained net margins for 5 consecutive years, revenue growth of 15 to 20% per year, and a work week that dropped from 60-plus hours to under 10. Cash reserves built to many multiples of annual operating spend. 

At some point during this period, Byron realized something that very few founders are willing to admit: he was no longer the right person to be running the business day to day. His COO was. He promoted his COO to head of company, stepped back to coach the executive team, and found that running the business in under 10 hours a week, he was actually running it better than he ever had at 60. 

The return on the coaching investment, calculated conservatively over 5 years, was approximately 270 times its cost. 

How He Sold With No Earn-Out and No Employment Clause 

When Byron went to sell Rise Vision, the business was already operating without him in any active role. He was chairperson in name. The company had a proven operating system, predictable recurring revenue, a leadership team that ran and grew the business independently, and cash reserves exceeding a year of operating costs. 

That combination made the negotiating position straightforward. The company did not need to drop in revenue during a drawn-out acquisition process because Byron had no active role to distract from operations. He could devote full time to the negotiations without the business suffering. By the time the deal closed, revenue had grown by approximately 20% from where negotiations started. 

His advice for founders approaching an exit: the business needs to look like a machine to any acquirer. Predictable, self-running, not dependent on the founder. If it does, you can set your terms. If it does not, you are selling a job, and the buyer will price it accordingly. 

The Owner’s Outcome Framework 

One of the most practically useful frameworks Byron shares is what he calls the owner’s outcome: the exercise of getting precise about what you actually built the business to give you, before you make any strategic decision. 

He observes that most founders have a vague idea of freedom when they start, but never translate that into specific terms. How many hours do you want to work? What income do you need? What is your risk tolerance? What does your life look like at the 3-year mark if the business is working? 

Without that clarity, the business wanders. Every shiny object looks like an opportunity. Every crisis demands a response. There is no benchmark to measure whether the company is actually serving the founder’s goals or drifting away from them. 

This framework resonates particularly strongly in real estate. Erwin makes the connection in the conversation: he has coached real estate investors since 2010 and regularly encounters people whose stated why is more time with family, but who have bought a small business, in the form of a rental property, an hour from home, with a customer, the tenant, who has more rights than most business clients. The two do not reconcile. Byron’s response: they haven’t done the homework. 

The Definition of Strategy Is the Word No 

Byron’s framing of strategy is one of the cleanest distillations of the concept: if you know exactly what you want, 90% of what you see is noise by definition. Strategy is the discipline to say no to that noise, over and over, until what you are building becomes so specific and so well-understood that you win your market almost by default. 

Rise Vision’s pivot to K-12 digital signage in North America came from data, not instinct. After years of serving 117 different industries, the team looked at where the growth was consistent, where they won competitive deals, and where customers stayed forever. Education kept coming up. It was not glamorous. The procurement process was slow. The revenue per customer was not large. But the fit was undeniable. 

Focusing on that single market, with a single core customer, is what allowed the business to stop being spread across everything and start building genuine expertise. Once the product was built for one specific buyer, the sales and marketing costs dropped, the product team had clarity, and the competitive moat deepened every year. 

The Founder’s Dilemma 

Byron names the thing that kills most founder-led businesses before they ever reach an exit: the founder who is the hero. The one who jumps into every problem, gives the answer, and then wonders why the team never develops the capacity to solve problems without them. 

His reframe is simple and memorable. Instead of solving problems, ask: what do you recommend? Instead of giving the answer, ask by what date and how will you know it’s working? The goal is to make the person who owns the problem also own the solution, the measurement, and the learning. The founder becomes an editor and a mentor, not a firefighter. 

For anyone buying a business from a retiring founder, this is a critical due diligence signal. If the current owner is involved in everything, is the hero of every story, and cannot name a single decision the team makes without them, the buyer is not acquiring a business. They are acquiring a job. Byron puts the implication plainly: the team will not be able to independently execute once that founder exits. 

The Great Wealth Transfer and Why Boomer Businesses Are the Buying Opportunity 

Byron spent a day with Keith Cunningham, author of The Road Less Stupid, in Austin, and came away with a view he shares directly: there has never been an opportunity like this in our history. More businesses are coming up for sale right now than has ever happened before. Supply is high. Qualified buyers are scarce. Valuations reflect that. 

His sharper point is this: many of these businesses are badly run. Not terminal, not broken, but operating well below their potential because the founder never installed accountability, never defined a core customer, never built a system. That means the stated EBITDA is artificially low, the multiple is priced off that artificially low number, and a competent buyer who can install the missing infrastructure can earn back the purchase price in a fraction of the typical cycle. 

Cherry’s acquisition of a second accounting practice from 2 retiring owners in 2024 is a version of exactly this. The practice was well-established, the clients were loyal, and the owners were ready to exit. The opportunity came not despite the transition, but because of it. 

AI Running a 14-Agent Software Pipeline While Byron Sleeps 

Byron’s current project is a software development operation running entirely on AI agents. 14 agents, an orchestrator that manages the work queue, and a process where Byron tells the system what is in the backlog before he goes to bed and reviews the completed work at 6 a.m. The cost in human terms: approximately $300,000 a month in traditional development resources. His actual cost: a fraction of that. 

His advice for founders exploring AI: the one-off experiments are easy. Creating something reliable, scalable, and secure is not. The hard work is thinking through the architecture, defining the roles each agent plays, and building the methodology that makes the whole system trustworthy before you depend on it. 

He has published AI prompts on darlison.com that compress the time required to work through his core frameworks, including owner’s outcome, core customer analysis, and company values discovery, from days of consulting time to under an hour of structured AI-guided work. 

FAQ 

What is Rise Vision? 

Rise Vision is a cloud-based digital signage software company founded in Toronto in 1992 by Byron Darlison. It grew to serve organizations in over 100 countries, including schools, hotels, and universities. In 2022, it was acquired by AUO Display Plus, a Taiwanese industrial display manufacturer. 

What is Metronomics? 

Metronomics is a business operating system developed by Shannon Susko. It combines strategy, execution, and team alignment into a quarterly rhythm of meeting cadences, scorecards, and accountability structures. Byron Darlison used it to transform Rise Vision from a break-even company into a profitable, self-running business before selling. 

What is the owner’s outcome framework? 

The owner’s outcome is a framework Byron uses with every founder he coaches. It asks the founder to define precisely what they want their business to give them, in terms of income, hours, risk tolerance, and life design, before making any strategic decision. Without this clarity, businesses tend to drift toward whatever is urgent rather than whatever is important. 

What is the great wealth transfer and why does it matter for Canadian investors? 

Baby boomers own a massive number of privately held businesses in Canada. As they retire, those businesses need buyers. Because many of these businesses are poorly systemized and priced off artificially low earnings, buyers who can identify and fix the operational shortcomings can acquire businesses at significant discounts to their real earning potential. 

How is Byron using AI in his business? 

Byron is running a 14-agent AI software development pipeline from his home. He briefs the orchestrator each evening on the work backlog, the agents process tasks overnight, and he reviews output in the morning. He estimates the traditional human cost of equivalent output at approximately $300,000 per month. He has also published free AI-guided prompts at darlison.com for working through business frameworks. 

Join Me Live: Free Training on the $100,000 Investment Loan Strategy

I’m hosting a free training on the strategy that produced the returns I mentioned above. It’s hybrid: in-person at the iWIN office in Oakville, or join on Zoom from anywhere.

Here is exactly what I will walk through in 90 minutes:

  1. The complete $100,000 investment loan structure
  2. The math — what $433 a month actually buys you over 5 and 10 years
  3. Every loss scenario — what happens when the market drops 20%, 30%, 40%
  4. How this fits alongside, not replacing, a real estate portfolio
  5. Live Q&A — bring your questions, bring your skepticism

Two dates to choose from. Both cover the same content — pick whichever fits your schedule.

Saturday June 27, Hybrid (Oakville + Zoom) — 9:00am ET, hard stop 10:30am. In-person seats are capped at 40 and they always go. If you want to be in the room, register today.

Tuesday July 7, Zoom only — 8:00pm ET

The Bottom Line 

Byron Darlison spent 25 years running his company the hard way. Not because he was not smart, not because the team was not talented, but because he never installed the structure that would have let the business work without him carrying it. Once he did, everything changed: the margins, the growth rate, the work week, and ultimately the exit. 

The lesson is not specific to SaaS companies or digital signage or Toronto tech founders. It applies to any business, including real estate portfolios that have turned into jobs, rental operations that never scaled, and accounting practices changing hands in Ottawa. The question underneath all of it is Byron’s question: what did you build this for, and is it delivering that? 

If the answer is no, the system is the fix. And the system is learnable. 

To Listen

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/60-Hour-Weeks-for-25-Years–Then-10-Hours-a-Week–Then-an-8-Figure-Exit–Byron-Darlison-e3l82cf 

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/37865c02-70d7-42ff-a027-d45158fff0c8/the-truth-about-financial-independence-for-canadians-60-hour-weeks-for-25-years-then-10-hours-a-week-then-an-8-figure-exit-byron-darlison

Apple: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/60-hour-weeks-for-25-years-then-10-hours-a-week/id1100488294?i=1000774184213

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/podcast/60-Hour-Weeks-for-25-Years-Then-10-Hours-a-Week-Then-an-8-Figure-Exit-Byron-Darlison/B0H6MTFLX3?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts 

Every guest on TAFI is here because they have done something worth studying. Milena Simsic did it faster, younger, and with less of a head start than most. Pay attention to the pattern, not just the result.

Disclaimer: 

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer. I am also a licensed insurance agent with Open Concept Financial Group. The investment loan strategies discussed are for educational purposes only and are not a guarantee of approval or performance. Past performance is not indicative of future results. Every investor should do their own due diligence. 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Youtube-thumbnails-30-1.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-06-26 14:30:502026-06-26 14:30:54He Worked 60 Hours a Week for 25 Years. Then He Installed a System and Sold for an 8-Figure Exit.

The guy who negotiated a hall pass to go all-in on AI 

June 22, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

By Erwin Szeto | Co-Founder, iWIN Wealth Planning 

Recorded: June 2026 

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Financial Independence for Canadians 

Guest: Mike Schwarz, founder and CEO of MyZone AI, a Vancouver-based AI solutions company.

Most people add AI to their workflow slowly.

They try ChatGPT for a week, find a few uses, and move on. 

Mike Schwarz went another direction. The founder and CEO of MyZone AI, based in Vancouver, negotiated a hall pass from his wife, adjusted his medication to sustain the hours, and spent 3 to 4 months working from the time his family went to sleep until 2, 3, and sometimes 4 in the morning. 

The goal was to go all-in on AI agents. What he built: more than 200 autonomous agents running across 7 divisions of his business. 

Schwarz has 25 years in technology. He was building social networks in 1999, before Friendster and MySpace existed and he founded MyZone in 2000 as a web development studio. Schwarz has watched the dot com boom, the mobile transition, social media, and e-commerce. And he says this transition is different. 

“I’m measuring the window in months,” he said on a recent episode of The Truth About Financial Independence for Canadians. “Not years.” 

What is AI, actually 

Schwarz breaks it down simply. AI is a learning system that has been developing since the 1960s and 1970s, built on the idea that a machine can be trained to recognize patterns and predict outcomes. The early versions were basic: is this a cat? Yes or no. Each correct answer reinforced the model. Over millions of repetitions, it got good at predicting. 

The breakthrough moment that most people experienced was November 2022 when ChatGPT went public. But underneath, the technology had been building for decades. TikTok and Instagram feeds were early AI. GPS systems used basic machine learning. Search autocomplete was an early form of prediction. 

The version most people use today, a chatbot interface, is just one way to access the intelligence inside these models. Schwarz calls it a harness. It is a window into something much larger. 

What is an agent, and why it’s different from ChatGPT 

Most people think of AI as a conversation. You type something, it responds. One request, one reply. 

An agent is different. Agents are designed for long-running autonomous tasks. You give them an objective: book me a flight, go through my inbox, reorganize my project management system. And they work toward that objective without needing step-by-step direction. 

Schwarz describes the difference as how long they can run and whether they can make decisions on their own within defined guardrails. 

His first real agent moment happened while preparing for a conference in Montreal. Claude Cowork had just launched the night before. He tested it by asking it to open his browser, go through his LinkedIn, and categorize his 183 unread messages. He left it running and came back 5 minutes later. It had sorted all 183 messages into categories and drafted responses for each one. He gave it some context about his relationships and told it to go ahead. Within 30 minutes, it had replied to every message except the 19 personal ones, which it had starred for him. 

“I built a math game for my son in an hour,” he said. “Confetti, sound effects, an iPhone lockbox. He couldn’t get his screen time until he finished the exercise. He loved it.” 

Why legacy software companies are struggling 

Adobe, SAP, Oracle, and other major SaaS companies have seen their stock prices fall 50 to 60 percent over the past year. Schwarz has a theory about why. 

The public narrative is that AI means smaller teams, which means fewer software licenses. Schwarz doesn’t buy that as the full story. His view: every business will eventually run its own custom software, built and maintained by agents. A custom CRM. Custom task management. Custom accounting. The future he sees is full ownership of software and data, not subscription to someone else’s platform. 

“Every business built below this new operating system is essentially obsolete, they just haven’t realized it yet.”

Browser control vs. API connections: the speed and cost difference 

When people see AI agents demonstrated for the first time, they often see browser control: an agent moving a cursor, clicking through a website, doing what a human would do manually. 

Schwarz says browser control is the last resort. It is slow, expensive, and uses a lot of tokens (the unit of cost for AI model usage). The faster, cheaper option is an API connection: a direct plug into the software’s back end. Same task: an hour via browser control versus 4 minutes via API, at roughly 1/50th the cost. 

He pointed out that 99% of software has a public API. For business owners wondering if their existing tools can be automated, the answer is almost certainly yes. 

Where non-developers should start 

For anyone with no technical background, Schwarz recommends starting with Claude Cowork. It is a safe playground that doesn’t require coding. For those with some technical ambition, Claude Code is another entry point. For building websites and simple software, Lovable is the most accessible tool in that space. 

He makes an important distinction between vibe coding and agentic development. Vibe coding, a term coined by AI researcher Andrej Karpathy, means telling an AI to build something and letting it do whatever it wants. The results can look impressive but are often fragile, insecure, or hard to maintain. 

Agentic development follows the same discipline as traditional software development: requirements, scoping, quality assurance. The difference is that a non-developer can now navigate this process with the right tools and agents. The coding is abstracted away. The thinking required is architectural and systemic, not syntactical. 

“Any entrepreneur who has experience with systems and processes is already learning the skills they need to be an agentic leader,” Schwarz said. “The software developers are having to learn completely new skills. The architects are laughing.” 

The 3 biggest mistakes businesses make adopting AI 

Schwarz has coached hundreds of business leaders through AI adoption. He sees the same mistakes repeatedly. 

The first is dismissal. Treating AI as a chatbot that hallucinates and makes mistakes, and stopping there. He estimates roughly 42% of Canadian employees are actively working against AI adoption in their organizations. Many leaders share the same instinct. The result is that companies fall further behind while their competitors build a structural advantage. 

The second is moving too fast with too big an idea. Coming in with a plan to automate 80% of customer support in the first month triggers what Schwarz calls the immune system of a company. Culture pushes back. Change management collapses. 

His recommendation: start with small, quick wins that have high ROI and visible impact. Those wins build the internal case for further adoption. 

The third mistake is ignoring shadow AI. If a company has no official AI tools and no AI policy, employees are already using free consumer versions without anyone knowing. Free plans mean data is being shared with the AI provider. Client information, internal strategies, proprietary processes are leaving the building every day. “If you don’t have an official plan, they’re paying with your data,” Schwarz said. 

How AI is changing education 

Schwarz pulled his son out of school for a full year when AI began accelerating in 2023. He was building what he describes as a private AI school, influenced by models like Alpha School, which claims to deliver the core curriculum in 2 to 3 hours a day using adaptive AI instruction. 

The key, he says, is hyperpersonalization. When AI instruction adapts to a child’s learning level, pace, and interests in real time, retention improves by 5 to 10 times compared to traditional classroom instruction. His example: teaching fractions using baking ratios for a child who loves to bake. The same math concepts, anchored to something the child already cares about. 

Sal Khan, founder of Khan Academy, wrote a book on this topic called Brave New Words. Schwarz recommends it for anyone thinking seriously about AI in education. 

The one thing 

At the end of every episode, Erwin asks his guests for the one thing a listener should do this weekend. 

Schwarz’s answer: master the art of learning. 

“It’s not about being technical. It’s about being a sponge. Being adaptive. Being flexible. That is the skill.” 

His method: consistent, scheduled repetitions in short sessions. 10 minutes in the morning, 10 minutes before bed. The same principle he used to go from a C minus to an A student in university. Small daily exposure keeps the brain processing in the background. The learning compounds. 

“You’re not going to the gym on Friday for 12 hours,” he said. “You need a consistent schedule. Measure it. Build on it.” 

Where to find Mike Schwarz 

Mike Schwarz runs free monthly workshops at myzone.ai. Upcoming sessions include a workshop on becoming an agentic developer without coding experience (July 9). All previous workshop recordings, transcripts, and slides are available free on his website. 

Quick Answers 

What is the difference between an AI chatbot and an AI agent? 

A chatbot handles one request at a time and waits for your next input. An agent can be given an objective and work toward it independently over a longer period, making decisions along the way within defined limits. Agents can use tools, access external systems, and complete multi-step tasks without hand-holding. 

Do I need to know how to code to use AI agents? 

No. Mike Schwarz recommends Claude Cowork as a starting point for non-developers. Agentic development, which is building more complex automated systems, can also be learned without writing code. The skills required are more architectural: understanding processes, defining requirements, and directing agents toward outcomes. 

What is shadow AI? 

Shadow AI refers to AI tools that employees use without company knowledge or approval. Because free AI plans often share user data with the AI provider, employees using these tools on personal accounts may unknowingly expose company information. A formal AI policy and approved tools prevent this. 

What is vibe coding, and why is it risky? 

Vibe coding means telling an AI to build something and accepting whatever it produces without following a structured development process. The results can look functional but may contain security vulnerabilities, expose private data, or break when updated. Agentic development follows the same quality assurance steps as traditional software development, just without the coding. 

Join Me Live: Free Training on the $100,000 Investment Loan Strategy

I’m hosting a free training on the strategy that produced the returns I mentioned above. It’s hybrid: in-person at the iWIN office in Oakville, or join on Zoom from anywhere.

Here is exactly what I will walk through in 90 minutes:

  1. The complete $100,000 investment loan structure
  2. The math — what $433 a month actually buys you over 5 and 10 years
  3. Every loss scenario — what happens when the market drops 20%, 30%, 40%
  4. How this fits alongside, not replacing, a real estate portfolio
  5. Live Q&A — bring your questions, bring your skepticism

Two dates to choose from. Both cover the same content — pick whichever fits your schedule.

Saturday June 27, Hybrid (Oakville + Zoom) — 9:00am ET, hard stop 10:30am. In-person seats are capped at 40 and they always go. If you want to be in the room, register today.

Tuesday July 7, Zoom only — 8:00pm ET

To Listen

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/A-Hall-Pass-to-Go-All-In-and-Build-200-AI-Agents-Across-7-Divisions—Mike-Schwarz–MyZone-AI-e3l10oe  

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/507ba1e2-424a-4d94-a7fc-6293b6043b47/the-truth-about-financial-independence-for-canadians-a-hall-pass-to-go-all-in-and-build-200-ai-agents-across-7-divisions—mike-schwarz-myzone-ai

Apple: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/a-hall-pass-to-go-all-in-and-build-200-ai-agents/id1100488294?i=1000773727077

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0H6B7MCYV?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts 

Every guest on TAFI is here because they have done something worth studying. Milena Simsic did it faster, younger, and with less of a head start than most. Pay attention to the pattern, not just the result.

Disclaimer: 

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer. I am also a licensed insurance agent with Open Concept Financial Group. The investment loan strategies discussed are for educational purposes only and are not a guarantee of approval or performance. Past performance is not indicative of future results. Every investor should do their own due diligence. 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Youtube-thumbnails-29.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-06-22 16:10:512026-06-22 16:10:54The guy who negotiated a hall pass to go all-in on AI 

From Factory Worker to $300K Realtor: Milena Simsic on Windsor Real Estate, AI-Powered Marketing, and Building Wealth Without Landlord Headaches 

June 11, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

By Erwin Szeto | Co-Founder, iWIN Wealth Planning 

Recorded: June 2026 

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Financial Independence for Canadians 

Guest: Milena Simsic, Founder, WindSocial Realty; Publisher, Windsor Real Estate Insider; Host, Windsor REI Social 

Milena Simsic made $300,000 in commissions in her first year as a realtor. She had no prior real estate connections, no social media following, and no marketing budget. What she had was a willingness to show up on TikTok and Instagram before anyone else in her market was doing it, and a formula she figured out in public. 

Three and a half years later, she runs Windsor’s most recognized investor-focused real estate team, publishes a newsletter with over 9,000 subscribers, and hosts a real estate investor community of 3,000 members that fills rooms with 100 to 200 people twice a year. She has also replaced her virtual assistant with Claude AI, built her CRM systems in an afternoon, and is now teaching other realtors how to do the same. 

This is an episode about what financial independence actually looks like when you build it from scratch, in a mid-sized Canadian city, with no inherited advantages. It is also, quietly, one of the clearest illustrations of why TAFI rebranded: the path out of the rat race does not always run through a rental property. 

The Windsor Market Right Now: What Is Holding and What Is Not 

Windsor has always been the most affordable large city in Ontario, and that affordability has acted as a cushion during the broader Canadian real estate correction. According to Milena, single-family homes in Windsor have held relatively steady because demand for primary residences has not collapsed the way it has in markets dependent on investors or short-term renters. 

The segments that have softened are student rentals and multi-unit investment properties. The immigration policy shifts of 2024 and 2025 hit student rental demand directly, and investment properties have followed. But for anyone buying a single-family home in Windsor, the fundamentals remain intact: low vacancy rates, a growing population, and a cost base that cannot be matched anywhere else in Ontario at the same level of amenity. 

Milena made the comparison plainly: for an investor deciding between a Toronto condo and a Windsor house right now, she said the Toronto condo has really tanked. The Windsor house, by contrast, still has a tenant market and a price point that works. 

🎙️ Listen to the podcast 

The Growth Drivers: EV Plant, Gordy Howe Bridge, and a Billion-Dollar Downtown 

Windsor’s economic story in 2026 is being written by 3 major developments. The EV battery plant is now operational and has brought thousands of jobs and thousands of new residents into the city. Traffic, which was always a non-issue in Windsor, has become a mild inconvenience, which Milena describes as a good problem to have. 

The Gordy Howe International Bridge, which was expected to open in March 2026, has been delayed by political interference from the U.S. side. The delay has created uncertainty, but the bridge remains a long-term economic catalyst for cross-border movement and commerce. 

The third driver is a billion-dollar downtown redevelopment announced by Farhee Development, with a major build expected to break ground in 2026. For a city the size of Windsor, a billion-dollar downtown investment is transformative. Milena notes that the timeline depends on when the developer wants to start, but the project is committed. 

$300K in Year One: How She Did It With No Connections and No Prior Social Media 

When Milena entered real estate, she made a decision that most new agents do not make: she treated the business like a marketing operation from day one. She had never used social media personally before getting her license, had no following, no network in real estate, and no referral base. 

She went on TikTok and started posting Windsor real estate content before anyone else in her market was doing it consistently. By the end of her first year, she had made $300,000 in commissions, entirely from TikTok and Instagram leads. More than half her clientele came from the Greater Toronto Area, drawn to Windsor by the price differential and guided to her by the content she was publishing. 

She attributes the result to spotting where the highest-leverage play was and going all in before the market caught up. The same logic has since driven her into AI. When she saw what AI could do for her business, she moved before most of her peers understood what they were looking at. 

Windsor Real Estate Insider: From a Client Resource to 9,000 Subscribers 

The Windsor Real Estate Insider started as a private resource for Milena’s clients, a document she called the Windsor Price Guide that helped investors understand the local market. The response from clients was strong enough that she decided to turn it into a proper publication. 

Since launching the magazine last year, it has grown to over 9,000 subscribers, all organic, with no paid acquisition. When you search Windsor real estate on Instagram or TikTok, Milena is the first result. The newsletter feeds from that visibility, and the visibility feeds from the newsletter. The two surfaces compound each other. 

Windsor REI Social, her investor community, operates on a similar logic. It began as monthly meetups that were drawing 30 to 70 people. She eventually moved to a biannual format and the events now draw 100 to 200 attendees, with guests traveling from outside Windsor including Toronto. 

Replacing a Virtual Assistant With Claude AI: What She Built and How Long It Took 

Milena’s AI implementation story is one of the most concrete in the episode. She was on the verge of hiring a second virtual assistant to handle CRM management, client responses, and backend administrative tasks. Instead, she set up Claude AI using the Cowork desktop tool and replicated the systems her VA had been running. 

The result was faster turnaround, higher accuracy, and a significantly lower cost than any human hire she could have made. She notes that she did not need any coding experience to build the systems. She wrote out the processes the way she would have written them for a human assistant, step by step, and Claude ran them. 

Her assessment of the competitive implications is direct: the top agents that implement AI are going to absorb all the business because no unassisted agent can compete with the response time and output volume that AI enables. She is now building a community for realtors who want to learn how to do what she did. 

EXP to Real: Why She Switched and What It Means for Realtors Choosing a Brokerage 

Milena announced on the show that she is leaving EXP for Real, an online brokerage that she describes as more focused on agent quality and community than on recruitment volume. Her critique of EXP is specific: many of the top earners in the EXP structure have never completed a real estate transaction. They joined to recruit, not to sell. 

Real, she says, actively discourages the pyramid recruitment dynamic and instead focuses on building a quality agent community. For Milena, the brokerage is primarily a platform to operate her own brand underneath. She does not believe the brokerage matters much to an agent’s success in terms of leads or training, but she values the culture and cost structure at Real over what she had at EXP. 

The Health Crisis That Doubled Her Business 

Two years ago, Milena developed thyroid issues she attributes in part to the stress of her first years in real estate, which coincided with a market peak and then a correction, all while she was working 40 to 60 hour weeks. She describes reaching a point where her health was failing and she recognized she was the bottleneck in her own business. 

The pivot started with salsa dancing, which she took up to feel better in her body after the autoimmune diagnosis. It cascaded from there into improved diet, therapy, changes in her sleep and work structure, and a recognition that working smarter and being present was more productive than grinding more hours. Since making those changes, her business has more than doubled. 

She entered the Windsor pageant a second time in 2026, roughly 3 years after her first attempt in which she did not place. This time she placed first runner up. She frames the second attempt as a personal milestone to close the chapter from 3 years ago and measure how far she had come. 

Advice for Young Canadians: Build Your Skill Set, Buy a Business, Stop Making Excuses 

In the closing exchange, Milena’s advice for young Canadians under economic pressure is blunt and specific. Build your skill set. Learn continuously. If you can, find a way to acquire or start a business, because employment is becoming less reliable as AI and economic shifts reduce traditional job availability. 

She notes the irony that while the economic environment is genuinely harder for young people, it has also never been cheaper or easier to acquire skills, start a business, or find a mentor. AI gives anyone access to expertise that previously required expensive professional services. The resources exist. The excuses are running out. 

On the business acquisition side, she endorses the vendor take-back financing model, noting that a significant proportion of businesses listed for sale are prepared to offer seller financing, making zero-down acquisition genuinely possible for a prepared buyer. 

Quick Answers 

What market does Milena Simsic specialize in? 

Windsor, Ontario. She focuses primarily on investor clients, more than half of whom come from the Greater Toronto Area. 

How did Milena make $300K in her first year as a realtor? 

Entirely through TikTok and Instagram content. She started posting Windsor real estate market content before any other agent in her market was doing it consistently, and built her lead pipeline from those platforms with no prior social media experience. 

Is Windsor real estate a good investment in 2026? 

Milena’s view is that single-family homes in Windsor have held up well. She says the Toronto condo has been harder hit than the Windsor house. Windsor has low vacancy rates, a growing population, and major economic development underway including an operational EV plant and a billion-dollar downtown redevelopment. 

What is Windsor REI Social? 

A real estate investor community of 3,000 members that Milena runs in Windsor. It hosts biannual events drawing 100 to 200 attendees, with speakers and networking focused on Windsor and southern Ontario real estate investing. 

How is Milena using AI in her real estate business? 

She replaced her virtual assistant with Claude AI using the Cowork desktop tool, which now handles CRM tasks, client responses, and backend administration. She built the systems herself in an afternoon with no coding experience. 

Why is Milena switching from EXP to Real? 

She says EXP’s culture prioritizes recruitment over agent quality, with many top earners having never completed a real estate transaction. Real actively discourages that dynamic and focuses on community and agent development instead. 

Join Me Live: Free Training on the $100,000 Investment Loan Strategy

I’m hosting a free training on the strategy that produced the returns I mentioned above. It’s hybrid: in-person at the iWIN office in Oakville, or join on Zoom from anywhere.

Here is exactly what I will walk through in 90 minutes:

  1. The complete $100,000 investment loan structure
  2. The math — what $433 a month actually buys you over 5 and 10 years
  3. Every loss scenario — what happens when the market drops 20%, 30%, 40%
  4. How this fits alongside, not replacing, a real estate portfolio
  5. Live Q&A — bring your questions, bring your skepticism

Two dates to choose from. Both cover the same content — pick whichever fits your schedule.

Saturday June 27, Hybrid (Oakville + Zoom) — 9:00am ET, hard stop 10:30am. In-person seats are capped at 40 and they always go. If you want to be in the room, register today.

Tuesday July 7, Zoom only — 8:00pm ET

The Bottom Line 

Milena Simsic did not start with a network, a marketing budget, or a family in real estate. She started with a willingness to show up consistently in public before anyone else in her market understood why that mattered. That instinct, which she applied first to TikTok and then to AI, is what separates her story from a hundred other first-year realtor stories. 

What makes this episode particularly relevant for the TAFI audience is the portability of the model. Milena is not a real estate investor in the traditional sense. She is a business builder who happened to start in real estate. The leverage she used was not bank financing on a rental property. It was audience leverage, technology leverage, and the compounding effect of publishing consistently over time. Those tools are available to anyone. 

For investors who are tired of the LTB, tired of rent control, and tired of carrying properties that no longer cash flow, Milena’s arc is a useful reminder that the rat race has more than one exit. 

On Spotify: creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/From-Factory-Worker-to-300K-Realtor–Milena-Si… 

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/897f73b2-6d14-46d0-ab11-1ba2ab39a0f3/the-truth-about-financial-independence-for-canadians-from-factory-worker-to-300k-realtor-milena-simsic

Apple: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/from-factory-worker-to-%24300k-realtor-milena-simsic/id1100488294?i=1000772208538

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0H4VX8QJV?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts 

Every guest on TAFI is here because they have done something worth studying. Milena Simsic did it faster, younger, and with less of a head start than most. Pay attention to the pattern, not just the result.

Disclaimer: 

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer. I am also a licensed insurance agent with Open Concept Financial Group. The investment loan strategies discussed are for educational purposes only and are not a guarantee of approval or performance. Past performance is not indicative of future results. Every investor should do their own due diligence. 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Youtube-thumbnails-28-2.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-06-11 15:30:092026-06-11 15:30:12From Factory Worker to $300K Realtor: Milena Simsic on Windsor Real Estate, AI-Powered Marketing, and Building Wealth Without Landlord Headaches 

Buying a Boomer’s Business: Ming Lim and Bryan Ma on Acquiring a 25-Year-Old Bookkeeping Firm, Vendor Take-Backs, and the Great Wealth Transfer 

June 5, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

By Erwin Szeto | Co-Founder, iWIN Wealth Planning 

Recorded: June 2026 

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Financial Independence for Canadians 

Guests: Ming Lim, Managing Partner of Volition Properties and Co-Owner of AccounTrain; Bryan Ma, CPA, CFA, MBA, Co-Owner of AccounTrain 

Ontario real estate investing is in a different place than it was three years ago.

Rent control, slowed appreciation, rising costs, and a Landlord and Tenant Board backlog that can stretch eviction timelines past a year have changed the economics for active operators. The investors who used to add another door to their portfolio every 12 months are now asking a different question: if not more rentals, then what? 

In this episode of The Truth About Financial Independence for Canadians, Erwin sits down with Ming Lim and Bryan Ma, two friends who became business partners in January 2026 when they acquired AccounTrain, a 25-year-old bookkeeping firm based in Ottawa with clients across Canada. They beat out 5 other offers, paid 1.3 times annual revenue and they spent almost 2 years searching for the right deal. 

About Ming Lim and Bryan Ma

Ming is the managing partner of Volition Properties, where his team has helped Canadians transact on more than $300 million in Toronto investment real estate. Bryan spent 20 years in Canadian financial services as a CPA, CFA, and MBA, with most of his recent work in mergers and acquisitions at Intact Insurance. Their conversation is a real-world picture of what buying a small business from a retiring boomer actually looks like for Canadian investors who have already built equity in real estate. 

Why Active Real Estate Operators Are Looking at Small Business Acquisition 

Ming has been investing in Toronto real estate since 2015. He has seen the market shift from one where adding more doors was the obvious move to one where the math demands a harder look. His team at Volition Properties has remained active, but he has spent the last 2 years exploring what comes next. 

Bryan came at the question from a different angle. After 20 years in financial services, including roles at 3 of the largest professional services firms in Canada and most recently at Intact Insurance, he reached a moment of clarity that anyone in corporate finance will recognize. As he tells Erwin during the episode, he was doing 80-hour weeks on M&A files when he realized he had stopped enjoying the work. 

The two had known each other for years before deciding to partner up. The thesis they landed on is one that has been gaining traction quietly in Canadian operator circles for the last 5 years: the great wealth transfer. Baby boomers built thousands of small Canadian businesses over the last 40 years, many of them profitable, durable, and unsexy. They are now reaching retirement age without succession plans. The opportunity is enormous, but it is also harder than it looks. 

How They Found AccounTrain 

Ming and Bryan spent close to 2 years looking before they found the right business. They worked through several channels: a buy-side community called Village Wealth, business brokers including Poe Group (which specializes in accounting firms), and direct outreach to owners of businesses that fit their criteria. 

They tell Erwin the market is more competitive than most outside observers realize. Quality businesses with clean books and stable cash flow are often gone within 24 to 48 hours of listing. Buyers submit offers on businesses they have only partially reviewed, knowing they will lose the deal if they wait for full due diligence. Ming and Bryan estimate they looked at 1 to 2 businesses per day for almost a year before AccounTrain came up. 

AccounTrain itself was sourced through Poe Group. The firm had been in business for 25 years, founded and run by a single operator who was approaching retirement. Initial interest came from 15 to 18 parties. By the time the bid deadline closed, there were 5 serious offers. Ming and Bryan’s offer was selected, they believe, partly because of Bryan’s M&A background, which signalled to the seller that the buyers understood the process and would be reliable to close. 

Why Bookkeeping, Not a Full Accounting Practice 

One of the most useful threads in the conversation is the deliberate decision to buy a bookkeeping firm rather than a full accounting practice. Most investors looking at the professional services space assume the bigger prize is an accounting firm with CPAs on staff, tax preparation engagements, and audit work. 

Ming and Bryan went the other direction for a reason. Bookkeeping has fewer regulatory requirements. The owner does not need to be a CPA. The work is more systems-driven and less personality-driven, which means the business is less dependent on any single employee or partner. Pricing is more predictable. And the client relationship is recurring, which produces stable monthly revenue rather than the seasonal spikes accounting firms see around tax season. 

The tradeoff is that bookkeeping firms typically sell at lower multiples than accounting firms. But Ming and Bryan argue that the lower entry price and the simpler operating model more than offset the lower exit multiple, especially for buyers who plan to hold and modernize rather than flip. 

The Math of Buying a Bookkeeping Firm 

Bookkeeping firms in Canada generally trade in a range of 1.2 to 2.5 times annual revenue. Where a specific firm lands within that range depends on several factors: client concentration, recurring versus one-time revenue mix, geographic distribution, technology stack, owner involvement, and the quality of the books themselves. 

AccounTrain had approximately $1 million in annual revenue at the time of sale. Ming and Bryan paid 1.3 times revenue, putting the purchase price at approximately $1.3 million. They consider this on the low end of the range, in part because the firm was owner-operated with limited systems documentation, in part because the buyer pool was thinner than for a larger or more institutional firm. 

The deal structure included a vendor take-back component, which Ming and Bryan describe as standard in business sales but uncommon in Canadian residential real estate. They paid a portion of the purchase price at closing, with the seller financing the balance over a defined term. The vendor take-back also functioned as a structural commitment from the seller to remain available during the transition period, which became important given how much institutional knowledge needed to transfer. 

The Vendor Take-Back Mortgage as Industry Standard 

One of the most counterintuitive points in the episode is how common vendor take-back financing is in business sales compared to residential real estate. In real estate, vendor take-backs are seen as a creative financing tool used in soft markets or for difficult-to-finance properties. In small business sales, they are the default. 

The logic is simple. The seller knows the business better than the buyer ever will. A vendor take-back keeps the seller’s interests aligned with the buyer’s success during the critical transition period. If the business deteriorates after closing, the seller’s outstanding balance is at risk. That gives sellers an economic reason to stay engaged, answer questions, and help transfer relationships. 

For active real estate investors looking at business acquisition for the first time, this is a meaningful structural shift to absorb. The seller is not just exiting. They are partially financing your deal and remaining a stakeholder in the outcome. 

Twenty-Five Years of Knowledge in One Person’s Head 

The previous owner of AccounTrain ran the firm for 25 years. By Ming and Bryan’s account, much of what made the business work was stored not in systems but in her memory. Client preferences, filing deadlines specific to non-profit clients, informal arrangements with longstanding customers, the rhythm of the work itself, all of it lived in one person’s head. 

This is a recurring pattern in boomer-built businesses. The founder is the system. The business runs because the founder remembers everything. When the founder leaves, the institutional knowledge leaves with her unless the buyer captures it in time. 

Ming and Bryan structured the transition period specifically to extract this knowledge. The previous owner is staying on in a transition role for an extended period, working with Ming and Bryan to document client relationships, encode informal processes into formal workflows, and modernize the technology stack. They are building the CRM and workflow management systems the firm never had. By the time the transition is complete, the business will run on systems rather than on memory. 

The Lifestyle Case for a Business Over a Rental Portfolio 

Ming and Bryan are both still active in real estate. Ming continues to run Volition Properties. But they make a specific lifestyle case for the business over more rentals. 

A bookkeeping firm with stable monthly revenue and a small employee base does not call you at 11 p.m. when a pipe bursts. It does not require an LTB filing when a tenant stops paying rent. It does not get hit with a sudden 4-figure repair bill the same month a vacancy opens up. The variance is lower. The hours are more predictable. The work scales through systems and additional staff rather than through Erwin’s 7-day-a-week attention. 

The episode is honest about the tradeoffs. A small business has its own demands, especially during the first 6 to 12 months after acquisition when the new owners are still learning the operation. But for an active real estate investor whose portfolio is consuming evenings and weekends, a bookkeeping firm is often a calmer use of operator energy. 

How to Connect with Ming Lim and Bryan Ma 

To follow Ming and Bryan, visit accountrain.com or connect with them on LinkedIn. Ming’s real estate brokerage is Volition Properties: https://www.volitionprop.com/ 

Quick Answers 

Who are Ming Lim and Bryan Ma? 

Ming Lim is the managing partner of Volition Properties, a Toronto-area real estate brokerage. Bryan Ma is a CPA, CFA, and MBA with 20 years in Canadian financial services. In January 2026 they jointly acquired AccounTrain, a 25-year-old Canadian bookkeeping firm. 

What is AccounTrain? 

AccounTrain is a bookkeeping firm based in Ottawa with clients across Canada. The firm was founded over 25 years ago and was acquired by Ming Lim and Bryan Ma in January 2026. 

How much does a bookkeeping firm cost to buy in Canada? 

Canadian bookkeeping firms typically trade at 1.2 to 2.5 times annual revenue, depending on factors like client concentration, recurring revenue, geography, and the quality of the books. Ming and Bryan paid 1.3 times revenue for AccounTrain, which they describe as the low end of the range. 

What is a vendor take-back mortgage in a business sale? 

A vendor take-back mortgage in a business sale is seller financing for a portion of the purchase price. The buyer pays a portion at closing, and the seller carries the balance as a loan over a defined term. Vendor take-backs are standard in Canadian small business sales because they keep the seller’s interests aligned with the buyer’s success during the transition period. 

Where can you find Canadian small businesses for sale? 

Buyers can source Canadian small businesses through business brokers (such as Poe Group, which specializes in accounting firms), buy-side communities (such as Village Wealth), direct outreach to retiring owners, and industry-specific listing services. The market is competitive, and quality deals can close within 24 to 48 hours of listing. 

Why are some Canadian real estate investors moving to small business acquisition? 

Several forces are pushing active Canadian real estate investors toward small business acquisition: rent control and LTB backlogs have made residential rentals harder to operate, retiring baby boomers are creating a large supply of profitable small businesses for sale, and the lifestyle profile of a small business is often more sustainable than managing a portfolio of rental properties. 

The Bottom Line 

Canadian real estate is not dead. But for active operators, the math that worked in 2018 doesn’t work the same way in 2026. The hours required to manage rentals through rent control and LTB delays have crowded out the time real estate investing was supposed to give back. 

Ming and Bryan are part of a small but growing group of Canadian operators who are pointing at small business acquisition as the answer. Their experience is worth listening to because they are not selling you on it. They tell you exactly what it cost them in time, in cash, and in operator attention. Two years of searching. $1.3 million in capital. A vendor take-back commitment. A multi-month transition period extracting institutional knowledge from a 25-year operator’s memory. 

If you are sitting on Ontario rentals and have started asking yourself what the next 10 years of operator energy should be spent on, this conversation is a real-world picture of one alternative. It is not the only path. But it is one worth understanding before you decide what your next move is. 

Join Me Live: Free Training on the $100,000 Investment Loan Strategy

I’m hosting a free training on the strategy that produced the returns I mentioned above. It’s hybrid: in-person at the iWIN office in Oakville, or join on Zoom from anywhere.

Here is exactly what I will walk through in 90 minutes:

  1. The complete $100,000 investment loan structure
  2. The math — what $433 a month actually buys you over 5 and 10 years
  3. Every loss scenario — what happens when the market drops 20%, 30%, 40%
  4. How this fits alongside, not replacing, a real estate portfolio
  5. Live Q&A — bring your questions, bring your skepticism

Two dates to choose from. Both cover the same content — pick whichever fits your schedule.

Saturday June 27, Hybrid (Oakville + Zoom) — 9:00am ET, hard stop 10:30am. In-person seats are capped at 40 and they always go. If you want to be in the room, register today.

Tuesday July 7, Zoom only — 8:00pm ET

To Listen:

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/Buying-a-25-Year-Old-Bookkeeping-Firm–Ming-Lim–Bryan-Ma-e3kbo9a 

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/71792264-c2b6-474d-b540-762219a96aee/the-truth-about-financial-independence-for-canadians-buying-a-25-year-old-bookkeeping-firm-ming-lim-bryan-ma

Apple: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/buying-a-25-year-old-bookkeeping-firm-ming-lim-bryan-ma/id1100488294?i=100077131575

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Disclaimer: 

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer. I am also a licensed insurance agent with Open Concept Financial Group. The investment loan strategies discussed are for educational purposes only and are not a guarantee of approval or performance. Past performance is not indicative of future results. Every investor should do their own due diligence. 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Youtube-thumbnails-27.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-06-05 13:57:402026-06-05 14:22:06Buying a Boomer’s Business: Ming Lim and Bryan Ma on Acquiring a 25-Year-Old Bookkeeping Firm, Vendor Take-Backs, and the Great Wealth Transfer 

Why a 20-Year Canadian Finance Pro Drives 4.5 Hours to Buy $70,000 Cleveland Duplexes 

May 28, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

By Erwin Szeto | Co-Founder, iWIN Wealth Planning 

Recorded: May 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, Truth About Financial Independence for Canadians

Guest: Carlos Rodriguez

Quick story before we get into this week’s guest. 

Back at our September 2025 iWIN Wealth Summit, I walked through what I’ve been calling the 4-to-1 strategy. The idea is straightforward: $100,000 of investor capital combined with a $300,000 investment loan from the bank for a total of $400,000 deployed into professionally managed and index stock funds, including S&P 500 exposure. 

Since that September presentation, the market has appreciated more than 13%. After management fees and borrowing costs at 5.2%, that translates into an estimated 40.6% return on the investor’s original $100,000. Leverage cuts both ways, of course, and suitability matters tremendously. But if you’re a real estate investor or someone pursuing FIRE, you already understand this principle intuitively. We’ve all used prudent leverage in real estate for decades. 

Speaking of how leverage cuts both ways, Canadian real estate is in decline. Hamilton in particular is down 9% year-over-year, leading the entire country, as reported in the Globe and Mail. I’m glad I sold some Hamilton properties when I did. I wish I’d sold more. 

Especially our Hamilton duplex. The tenant stopped paying rent. The LTB hearing got postponed, then postponed again. Seven months in, I’m $12,000 deep in lost rent, a couple thousand more in paralegal bills, and still waiting. Even with all the best screening practices, I couldn’t have foreseen the tenant’s health failing and his white-collar tech job laying him off in the same year. I’m holding the bag as a private social safety net at my own expense. 

This is the world I’m operating in. And it’s the context that makes today’s guest worth your time. 

Meet Carlos Rodrigues 

Carlos Rodrigues spent 20 years in Canadian financial services. He holds licenses in mutual funds, life insurance both levels, and was a full mortgage broker, not just an agent, running four to five agents under him. He even started building out his own investment fund before the Canadian compliance costs shut that plan down. 

So when somebody with that résumé tells me the math in Ontario doesn’t work anymore, I pay attention. 

Today, Carlos is an active real estate investor focused on Cleveland, Ohio. He’s on the tools, on site, and driving four and a half hours each way from Hamilton to do it. He runs BRRRRs, joint ventures, and Section 8 rentals. He’s bought houses for as little as $70,000 that now appraise for over $170,000. 

This isn’t a fantasy pitch. Carlos is honest about what active cross-border investing actually looks like. 

The $70,000 Duplex Near the Cleveland Clinic 

The headline deal in this episode is a 3,000-square-foot duplex Carlos bought for roughly $70,000, including a $24,000 wholesale fee. The property sits within a two-minute drive of the Cleveland Clinic, one of the largest hospitals in the United States, in a zip code that’s actively gentrifying. 

The condition was rough. The main-floor toilet was on a diagonal and falling through the floor. But the bones were there. After renovations, the duplex appraised at $170,000. 

This is the kind of math that doesn’t exist in the Golden Horseshoe anymore. 

Section 8 Economics That Don’t Exist in Canada 

One of the most eye-opening parts of the conversation was Carlos’s breakdown of how Section 8 (US government rental assistance) works for landlords. 

He’s getting 20 to 30 percent above market rent through the program. He shared one tenant in the Coventry area, a retired nurse, who rents from him for around $1,400 per month. Of that, she pays $14. The federal voucher covers the rest. 

“We’re considered the socialist country,” I said to him at one point, “but we don’t have anything like this in Canada.” 

His strategy intentionally targets Section 8 because it builds a strong rent base. If the broader economy turns down and tenants in other rental classes start losing jobs, his voucher-backed rent keeps flowing. 

There’s risk on this side too. Federal funding can change. But compared to my Hamilton duplex, where a job loss meant seven months of zero income and a paralegal bill, the contrast is hard to ignore. 

What the US Lending Market Is Doing Right Now 

Carlos shared an email he just received from a US broker offering 100% loan-to-cost financing. That’s 100% of the purchase price plus the full renovation budget, lent against the after-repair value. 

This is the kind of headline that triggers 2008 comparisons. Both of us went out of our way to address that. As Carlos put it, in 2008 lenders were putting a mirror in front of borrowers’ faces and lending if it fogged. That isn’t what’s happening now. These loans go through proper appraisals, lead-safe certifications, rental licensing inspections, and the rest of the US regulatory apparatus. But the credit is loose, and that’s worth knowing. 

For context, just a few weeks before that email, brokers were quoting Carlos 90% loan-to-cost. The market is moving. 

The Joint Venture Partner Who Panicked 

Carlos didn’t sugar-coat the operator headaches. His most painful recent story involved a joint venture partner who, between Carlos leaving the site for a Home Depot run and returning, expanded the renovation scope from $65,000 to over $100,000. 

“The unfortunate thing with joint venture partners,” Carlos said, “is when people start to get uncomfortable, they start trying to shift to alleviate that pain. And sometimes they do things that, well, over-renovate.” 

It’s a useful warning for anyone considering JV deals across a border, especially when one partner has Ontario-market mental models and the other partner is dealing with Cleveland-market realities. The numbers in Cleveland support a different finish level, different price points, and different exit timelines. Mismatched expectations cost real money. 

The Contractor Problem 

Cleveland is busy. Contractors are scarce. Carlos’s contractor ghosted him a week before closing on his current project. 

He also raised a less-discussed reality: the immigration crackdown in the US is hitting the construction labor pool. Many of the most reliable workers in his market are of South American descent, and ICE enforcement has made them cautious about advertising their services publicly. Phone numbers are gone. Contractors now communicate through Instagram DMs and voice-over-IP. Even legal workers are wary. 

That tightens the supply of skilled trades. If you’re going into Cleveland for active renovation work, this is a real cost you need to budget around. 

Cleveland Appreciation: Real Numbers 

Carlos was disciplined about underwriting. His own deals assume 1.5 to 2 percent annual appreciation. He expects 2 to 4 percent over the next five years. 

Recent actual appreciation in Cleveland: 7 percent year over year. 

The gap between what he underwrites and what he’s actually getting is what builds margin of safety into his deals. This is the same lesson Sarah Coupland made last week, working backward from conservative resale values rather than chasing the optimistic case. 

The Side Yard Program 

One small detail that stuck with me: Cleveland has a side yard program where if your principal residence sits next to a vacant lot owned by the land bank, you can buy that lot for $100. If your investment property sits next to it, you can buy the lot for $500. 

Compare that to the Golden Horseshoe, where lots run hundreds of thousands of dollars. These are different markets with different math. The strategy you use in one doesn’t transfer to the other. 

The Bottom Line 

Canadian real estate isn’t dead. But the conditions that made it a passive vehicle for the average investor aren’t like they used to be. If you want to be an active operator, treat real estate as a business, and drive four and a half hours each way to do it, the Carlos Rodrigues path is open to you. 

If you want passive, you need to look elsewhere. Landlord-friendly US markets through the right partners. Leveraged stock-market positions through investment loans. Small-business acquisition. These are the paths the show will keep covering. 

Diversify. Pacify. Get your time and your peace of mind back. 

That’s the next chapter.

Want the Whole Investment Loan Strategy Walked Through Live? 

This Saturday, May 30, 2026, I’m hosting a free training on the strategy that produced the 40.6% return I mentioned at the top of this post. It’s hybrid: in-person at the iWIN office in Oakville, or join on Zoom from anywhere. Hard start at 9:00am Eastern, hard stop at 10:30am. 

In those 90 minutes, I’m walking through: 

  1. The complete $100,000 investment loan structure 
  1. The math, what $433 a month actually buys you over 5 and 10 years 
  1. Every loss scenario, what happens when the market drops 20%, 30%, 40% 
  1. How this fits alongside, not replacing, a real estate portfolio 
  1. Live Q&A, bring questions, bring skepticism 

In-person seats are capped at 40 and they always go. If you want to be in the room, register today. 

Saturday May 30, Hybrid (Oakville + Zoom): infinitywealth.ca/20260530 

Tuesday June 2, Zoom only at 8pm Eastern: infinitywealth.ca/20260602 

Both events cover the same content. Pick whichever fits your schedule. 

To Listen:

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/20-Years-in-Canadian-Finance–Now-He-Only-Buys-70K-Cleveland-Duplexes–Carlos-Rodrigues-e3k0v4j

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/d6ad4f99-c233-4397-884a-d8d94e54b29f/the-truth-about-financial-independence-for-canadians-20-years-in-canadian-finance-now-he-only-buys-70k-cleveland-duplexes-carlos-rodrigues

Apple: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/20-years-in-canadian-finance-now-he-only-buys-%2470k/id1100488294?i=1000770024019

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Disclaimer: 

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer. I am also a licensed insurance agent with Open Concept Financial Group. The investment loan strategies discussed are for educational purposes only and are not a guarantee of approval or performance. Past performance is not indicative of future results. Every investor should do their own due diligence. 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Youtube-thumbnails1-2-3-1.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-05-28 16:13:532026-05-28 16:14:07Why a 20-Year Canadian Finance Pro Drives 4.5 Hours to Buy $70,000 Cleveland Duplexes 

How an Ontario Investor Built Two Apps for $800 With AI 

May 26, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

By Erwin Szeto | Co-Founder, iWIN Wealth Planning 

Recorded: May 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, Truth About Financial Independence for Canadians

Guest: Greg Kowalczyk, former design engineer turned full-time entrepreneur.

If you’d told me a year ago that a guy I’ve known for over a decade, an engineer with almost no coding background, would build two fully functional iPhone apps for the price of a nice dinner for four, I’d have nodded politely and changed the subject. This week’s guest on The Truth About Financial Independence for Canadians is Greg Kowalczyk. Greg’s a former design engineer who became an Ontario landlord, then an Amazon brand builder, and over the last twelve months has quietly become one of the most practical AI users I know.

The numbers he’s putting up aren’t theoretical. They’re real, they’re his, and they should change how you think about what’s possible in your own business and your own portfolio. 

The $800 question 

Greg built two apps that are live on the Apple App Store today. RunMate Pro tracks runs and the mileage on your running shoes. The other is a sun-protection index app for his e-commerce brand Gear Top, which tells you how long it’s safe to be outside. 

Built the old way, with a developer? Greg’s estimate: fifty to seventy thousand dollars. Months of meetings. Revisions. Scope creep. 

Built the new way, with Greg talking to AI while walking his dog? About eight hundred dollars in tokens. A few months of his time, mostly evenings and weekends, while still running his businesses. 

“If you paid developers, you’d probably spend $50,000 to $70,000 just to design those two apps. I calculated what it actually cost me, without my time, at about $800.” 

That isn’t a one-off. It’s a pattern that runs through everything Greg’s been doing. 

Replacing a $5,000 photo shoot 

Greg’s e-commerce brand Gear Top sells sun-protection apparel. Hats, gloves, balaclavas. His original product, a balaclava launched in 2014, still has nearly 7,000 reviews on Amazon. Another hat in the lineup has over 26,000 reviews. To get the product photography for these listings, Greg used to do what every serious Amazon seller does. Rent a studio downtown. Book a photographer. Hire models, sometimes four or five of them at once, including kids. Shoot all day. The going rate? Three to five thousand dollars per session. Plus the photographer’s processing fees. Plus, the time to organize everyone in one place for the twelve hours of shooting. 

Today, Greg generates almost all of his product imagery with AI. He uses Gemini’s Nano Banana model for stills and Veo for video. He’ll create a character once, then have the AI reproduce that same character across multiple scenes for a cohesive look. For a recent product launch on a new line of nasal strips, his cousin in Poland used the same approach to produce a thirty-five second animated commercial. Five clips of about eight seconds each, stitched together. 

The packaging design for the kids’ version of those nasal strips? Designed with AI. The mascot characters in the videos? AI-generated. The fifteen-second hero clip you’d have paid an agency four or five figures for? Generated overnight. 

“We used to pay $3,000 to $5,000 a session for a photographer and models. Now I just talk to AI and get what I want.” 

For an Amazon seller, that’s not a productivity gain. That’s a margin expansion. 

A website built while you sleep 

Greg owns the domain gregkowalczyk.com. He registered it back in 2013. For over a decade, the site sat dormant because building a personal site felt like too much work. Hire a developer, pay them, manage them, get something he didn’t really love, repeat.

One weekend last year, he decided to try something different. He wrote a script telling the AI what he wanted. A personal site with all his projects, all his links, all his work. Then he let it run in a loop, what’s called a “Ralph loop,” overnight. He woke up the next morning to a finished website. 

He uses the same approach for the Bronte Harbour Classic, the inaugural 5k race he’s putting on in Oakville this year. The website, the sponsor pages, the registration integrations, all of it built by Greg with AI assistance. When I asked him last week to add a clearer age-range explanation to the kids’ race, he made the change from his desk in about ten minutes. The AI updated multiple pages and even created a new one to host additional details. It also logged into the third-party registration platform and made the matching changes there. 

A web developer would have taken a week to do that work and probably missed a spot or two. 

Dashboards instead of software subscriptions 

Here’s the part that should make your ears perk up if you own any SaaS stocks. 
Greg used to pay for QuickBooks’ mileage-logging module. He found it overcomplicated, frustrating, and a bad fit for how he actually wanted to log mileage. So he built his own. Voice-driven, simple, designed around his workflow. He’s already cancelled QuickBooks’ module. 

He used to pay for analytics dashboards for his e-commerce businesses. Now he builds his own dashboards. He gets direct access to the underlying data source, pulls the metrics he cares about, and lays them out exactly the way he wants to see them.

“I don’t have to build software anymore. I build dashboards. I just get direct access to the software I need the numbers from, pull out the analytics, and put them the way I want to see them. Once I build it, that’s my software.” 

This is a small business owner replacing line items on his monthly P&L with custom-built tools that fit his business better than the off-the-shelf product ever did. Multiply that across millions of small businesses and you start to understand why some software companies are watching their stock prices come down hard from the peak. A lot of my friends I trust think we’re nowhere near the bottom for legacy SaaS. 

The Ontario landlord chapter 

The real estate sub-thread on this episode is just as interesting, and just as practical. Greg’s been an Ontario landlord since 2012. His first property was an RTO deal in Cambridge that I covered the home inspection on, before I really knew him. He’s owned student rentals in Hamilton and Kitchener, single-family rentals in St. Catharines, and converted two properties into legal duplexes in 2022 and 2023. 

Why convert? Cash flow. When his mortgage renewals hit just after COVID, the math on a property charging $1,800 in rent stopped working. So instead of selling, he refinanced two properties and used the equity to build two basement suites. The Hamilton conversion cost about $220,000 because it was a full gut job, complete with the famous (now) discovery of a backyard marijuana plantation he had to chop down and put out with the lawn waste. 
He’s still holding the portfolio. But he’s also realistic about the experience. 

“Nothing can challenge me anymore. We had eviction, we had flooding, we had fire. Flooded toilet? That’s just Tuesday.” 

If you’ve been a Canadian landlord through the last few years, that line lands a little too hard. 
His current AI-related side project in the real estate space? Auto-populating LTB forms. Anyone who’s filled out a Landlord and Tenant Board application by hand knows exactly how big a win this would be. 

What Greg told the listener who hasn’t started 

I asked Greg my standard close-of-show question. If somebody listening hasn’t done anything with AI yet, where should they start? 
His answer was characteristically practical. Three steps. 

  • Step one: install one of the tools. ChatGPT, Claude, Gemini, doesn’t really matter. The regular chat is fine. 
  • Step two: go deeper than chat. Use the research modes. If there’s a topic you’ve been curious about, ask the AI to do a deep research run on it. Read the result. 
  • Step three: turn the research into a deliverable. A summary. A slide deck. A one-page PDF. A landing page. The point isn’t the deliverable itself. The point is that by going from raw output to finished asset, you discover the real range of what these tools can do. 

“You have almost the smartest agent in the world in your pocket. He’s like a PhD professor, available 24/7. Just ask him whatever you like.” 

That’s the soundbite I want every podcast listener to walk away with. Not “AI is the future” in the abstract. Just: there’s a tool in your pocket that knows almost everything, and most people are barely using it. 

Where this fits into the bigger picture 

The TAFI thesis is that there’s more than one path out of the rat race. Real estate is one. Building or buying a business is another. The stock market is another. Investment loans are another. AI is now one of the most powerful tools you can lay across any of those paths to accelerate the math. 

Greg’s the proof. He didn’t pick AI as a new asset class. He picked it as a tool to make every asset class he already plays in cheaper and faster to operate. His e-commerce business runs at a fraction of its previous photo and video budget. and his race event runs with a one-person marketing team. His real estate portfolio is about to have an LTB form filler that none of his competitors will have built for themselves. 

If you’re an Ontario investor who’s tired of the landlord life and looking for what’s next, here’s a model: keep what’s still working, get creative on the rest, and use AI to compound everything you build from here. And if part of “what’s next” for you is growing wealth beyond the rentals without buying another property, that’s exactly what I cover in my next free training. 

Join the next free training 

This Saturday — May 30, 2026 — I’m hosting a free training called the Zero-Down Wealth Strategy. It’s hybrid: in-person at the iWIN office in Oakville, or join on Zoom from anywhere. Hard start at 9:00am Eastern, hard stop at 10:30am. 

In those 90 minutes, I’m walking through: 

  1. The complete $100,000 investment loan structure 
  1. The math — what $433/month actually buys you over 5 and 10 years 
  1. Every loss scenario — what happens when the market drops 20%, 30%, 40% 
  1. How this fits alongside (not replacing) a real estate portfolio 
  1. Live Q&A — bring questions, bring skepticism 

In-person seats are capped at 40 people and they always go. If you want to be in the room, register today. 

Saturday May 30 — Hybrid (Oakville + Zoom): infinitywealth.ca/20260530 

Tuesday June 2 — Zoom only at 8pm Eastern: infinitywealth.ca/2026060

Both events cover the same content. Pick whichever fits your schedule. 

To Listen:

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/He-Talks-to-AI-While-Walking-the-Dog–Grek-Kowalczyk-e3josig

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/a320b735-bb19-499b-81e3-945d396adacc/the-truth-about-financial-independence-for-canadians-he-talks-to-ai-while-walking-the-dog-grek-kowalczyk

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0H2W56826?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp 

Apple: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/he-talks-to-ai-while-walking-the-dog-grek-kowalczyk/id1100488294?i=1000769484484

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Youtube-thumbnails1-14-1.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-05-26 15:59:542026-05-26 15:59:58How an Ontario Investor Built Two Apps for $800 With AI 

Rebuilding Wealth After Divorce: Sarah Coupland on Ontario Multifamily, Distressed Properties, and Creative Financing 

May 18, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

By Erwin Szeto | Co-Founder, iWIN Wealth Planning 

Recorded: May 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, Truth About Financial Independence for Canadians

Guest: Sara Coupland, Real Estate Investor

Real estate investing is easy to talk about when markets are rising, financing is available, and the portfolio is growing. It gets much harder when life changes, assets must be sold, and the market no longer supports yesterday’s valuations. 

In this episode, Erwin sits down with Sarah Coupland, a long-time Ontario real estate investor, coach, construction operator, and owner of TAG Property Management. Sarah has been investing since 2007, built a personal portfolio of more than 60 doors, and manages about 300 units for herself and other investors. 

She also specializes in the kinds of properties most investors avoid: distressed multifamily buildings, mixed-use assets, older properties, and renovation-heavy projects that banks often will not finance. Now, as she works through the sale of her portfolio during divorce, she is also rebuilding from the other side using joint ventures, private money, and a more intentional strategy. 

Selling a Portfolio in a Difficult Ontario Market 

Sarah’s portfolio once included more than 60 doors. Today, because of her divorce, she is liquidating assets she had expected to keep long term. That process has forced her to reassess market values, buyer psychology, and the emotional side of letting go. 

One of her biggest lessons is corporate structure. Most of her properties were owned in corporations where she and her spouse were 50/50 shareholders, but Sarah held the controlling shares. That made the disposition process smoother because she could deal with lawyers, realtors, and purchasers without every decision becoming a back-and-forth negotiation. 

For investors building portfolios with spouses, partners, or joint venture investors, this is a major lesson: ownership and control are not always the same thing. The structure you set up when times are good can determine how manageable things become when life changes. 

Distressed Multifamily Is Not for Beginners 

Sarah specializes in highly distressed properties. One featured example is her 12-unit mixed-use building at 144 King Street West in Cobourg. The property had major deferred maintenance, a fire order against the third floor, wildlife inside the building, and units that were not suitable for habitation. 

The project was massive. Sarah purchased the building for approximately $700,000, structured an 80% to 85% vendor take-back mortgage, capitalized the interest into the purchase price, used private money and deferred payments, and ultimately ended up with about $1.7 million invested after a renovation budget of roughly $1 million. 

The property is now listed around $2.6 million, with roughly $21,000 per month in rent and a cap rate around seven, according to Sarah’s estimate during the conversation. Tenants pay utilities, the building has been extensively renovated, and much of the heavy lifting has already been done. 

The story is a strong example of forced appreciation, but it also highlights why these deals are not simple. Heritage requirements delayed the project by roughly six months over window requirements. An engineering miscalculation created an additional $80,000 electrical issue. The renovation took about two and a half years instead of the expected year and a half. 

That is the reality of distressed real estate investing: the upside can be significant, but the execution risk is real. 

Why Old Buildings and Mixed-Use Properties Can Work 

Many investors avoid old buildings, heritage districts, commercial units, and tertiary markets. Sarah often leans into them because lower competition can create better pricing. 

Her strategy is not to buy anything old blindly. It is to understand what can be fixed, what needs to be budgeted, what the market will support, and whether the numbers still work after realistic contingencies. She has also found that commercial tenants can add stability, and that commercial landlord-tenant issues are often simpler than residential issues under Ontario’s Landlord and Tenant Board system. 

That said, financing can be difficult. Mixed-use properties often do not fit neatly into standard CMHC or bank financing boxes. Sarah has used private lenders, vendor take-backs, seconds, and non-bank financing to make projects work when traditional lenders would not. 

Investor Appetite Is Returning, but Discipline Still Matters 

One of the most interesting parts of the conversation was Sarah’s take on today’s Ontario real estate market. On the sales side, she is seeing buyers still searching for discounts and often not believing the market has bottomed. On the acquisition side, however, she is also seeing aggressive activity. 

One off-market property she analyzed received 11 offers in three days and sold about $60,000 over asking. Another rough Peterborough triplex from a wholesaler sold over asking despite needing extensive work. 

Sarah’s conclusion is balanced: investors are starting to come back, but she refuses to chase deals. She works backward from conservative resale values, renovation budgets, investor return requirements, and contingency buffers. If the numbers do not work, she lets the deal go. 

That discipline matters in a market where comparable values can move quickly. Sarah shared a recent flip where expected resale values dropped from about $550,000 to $530,000 during the renovation period, and the property ultimately sold for $505,000. The deal still made money, but only because the numbers had enough room. 

LTB Challenges, Renovictions, and the Reality of Bad Buildings 

Sarah also spoke directly about Ontario’s landlord environment, including renovation-related bylaws and the pressure placed on private landlords to carry low-rent or non-performing assets. 

Her view is pragmatic. She respects housing needs, but believes governments should not expect private landlords to subsidize low-income housing indefinitely, especially when mortgage costs, repairs, insurance, and taxes continue rising. 

In distressed projects, Sarah says she often approaches tenants honestly. If the building is unsafe, she explains the work required, offers compensation, helps with moving, and documents the process properly. She is not evicting for sport; she is trying to fix buildings that may have water pouring down walls, electrical problems, structural issues, or unsafe conditions. 

For Landlord and Tenant Board matters, her advice is simple: communicate clearly, document everything, be honest, and bring evidence. If you made a mistake, admit it and move on. If you are at the board, make sure you are there for a valid reason and can support your position. 

Becoming a Full-Time Investor Is Not Retirement 

Sarah offered one of the most honest answers in the episode about becoming a full-time real estate investor. Too many people market it as “retire today” or “quit your job and become financially free.” Sarah’s reality was different. 

She worked as a financial advisor at CIBC, renovated after work, ate on the go, and spent evenings and weekends doing the hard labour. When she eventually left her job, she did not simply jump into the unknown. She created supplemental income through property management, bought a fourplex, and worked with joint venture partners and private money. 

Her warning is important: becoming a full-time investor is not retirement. Often, it is trading one job for another. The key is to build systems, income streams, a team, and a business that can eventually give you time back. 

Sarah’s personal goal was to be off when her daughter was off during the summer. With coaching and intentional planning, she eventually built rules around her acquisitions. If she did not have an offer accepted by the end of March, she stopped buying until after summer. That discipline helped her protect the life she was investing for in the first place. 

Education, Action, and Coaching 

Sarah credits much of her growth to education and community. She mentioned Durham REI and Quinton de Souza as important influences, especially in learning about RRSP mortgages, joint ventures, flips, BRRRRs, and vendor take-back mortgages. 

Her final advice for investors is straightforward: get educated, build your network, take action, and consider coaching when you are ready to move beyond basic investing. Her coaching is not aimed at complete beginners. It is better suited for investors who already own properties and want to move into multifamily, renovations, portfolio strategy, and more intentional investing. 

Sarah’s story is a reminder that financial freedom is not always a straight line. Sometimes the portfolio changes. Sometimes the market changes. Sometimes life changes. But with the right structure, conservative numbers, strong relationships, and the willingness to rebuild, real estate can still be a powerful path to wealth for Canadian investors. 

How to Connect with Sarah Coupland 

Sarah can be reached through her website at SarahCoupland.ca or by email at Sarah@TAGProperties.ca. Investors interested in her listed properties can also connect with Anita Bongers-Lewis and Chris Lewis at Doors to Wealth Real Estate. 

Quick Answers 

  • How many units does Sarah Coupland manage? 
    Sarah Coupland manages about 300 units through TAG Property Management, including properties for other real estate investors. 
  • How many doors did Sarah Coupland own? 
    Sarah’s personal real estate portfolio was over 60 doors before she began liquidating assets during her divorce. 
  • What type of real estate does Sarah Coupland specialize in? 
    She specializes in distressed multifamily, mixed-use, and older Ontario rental properties where value can be created through renovations and better management. 
  • Why does Sarah Coupland use private money and joint ventures? 
    She uses private money and joint ventures because many distressed or mixed-use properties do not fit traditional bank financing, especially during construction or major renovations. 
  • What is Sarah Coupland’s opinion on the Ontario real estate market? 
    Sarah believes Ontario still has real estate investing opportunities, especially in small multifamily properties, but investors must be conservative with numbers and contingencies. 
  • What advice does Sarah give about becoming a full-time real estate investor? 
    She says becoming a full-time investor is not retirement; it is often trading one job for another unless you build income, systems, and a team. 

Want the Whole $100,000 Strategy Walked Through Live? 

This Saturday — May 30, 2026 — I’m hosting a free training called the Zero-Down Wealth Strategy. It’s hybrid: in-person at the iWIN office in Oakville, or join on Zoom from anywhere. Hard start at 9:00am Eastern, hard stop at 10:30am. 

In those 90 minutes, I’m walking through: 

  1. The complete $100,000 investment loan structure 
  1. The math — what $433/month actually buys you over 5 and 10 years 
  1. Every loss scenario — what happens when the market drops 20%, 30%, 40% 
  1. How this fits alongside (not replacing) a real estate portfolio 
  1. Live Q&A — bring questions, bring skepticism 

In-person seats are capped at 40 people and they always go. If you want to be in the room, register today. 

Saturday May 30 — Hybrid (Oakville + Zoom): infinitywealth.ca/20260530 

Tuesday June 2 — Zoom only at 8pm Eastern: infinitywealth.ca/2026060

Both events cover the same content. Pick whichever fits your schedule. 

The Bottom Line 

Canadian real estate isn’t dead. But the conditions that made it a passive vehicle for the average investor are gone. If you want to be an active operator and treat real estate as a business, more power to you. If you want passive, you have to look elsewhere — landlord-friendly U.S. markets, leveraged stock-market positions, small-business acquisition, and a few other paths the show will keep covering. 

Diversify. Pacify. Get your time and your peace of mind back. 

That’s the next chapter.

To Listen:

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/Rebuilding-Wealth-After-Divorce-Sarah-Coupland-on-Ontario-Multifamily–Distressed-Properties–and-Creative-Financing-e3je3l3 

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/44dcec71-076a-479c-99c2-720b8f10a5aa/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-rebuilding-wealth-after-divorce-sarah-coupland-on-ontario-multifamily-distressed-properties-and-creative-financing

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/podcast/ITEM-NAME/B0H1V3FMG2?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

Apple: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/rebuilding-wealth-after-divorce-sarah-coupland-on-ontario/id1100488294?i=1000768392581

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Youtube-thumbnails-25-1.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-05-18 16:41:542026-05-18 16:45:08Rebuilding Wealth After Divorce: Sarah Coupland on Ontario Multifamily, Distressed Properties, and Creative Financing 

I’ve Been Telling Investors to Diversify Out of Ontario Since 2023. Here’s What I’m Actually Buying Now

May 8, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

By Erwin Szeto | Co-Founder, iWIN Wealth Planning 

Recorded: May 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, Truth About Financial Independence for Canadians

If you’ve been around me for the last couple of years, you’ve heard me talking about diversification. Specifically, diversifying out of Canadian real estate concentration. I’ve been making this case publicly since I met SHARE in 2023. The math in Ontario stopped working for the average passive investor a while ago, and I’ve been saying so. 

So this article isn’t another version of that case. You’ve heard it. I’ve made it. Cherry and I have been quietly walking the talk — slowly unwinding our Hamilton rentals as tenants naturally turn over, redeploying that capital methodically. None of that is news. 

What I want to spend this article on is the *what next* — the specific places that capital is going, and especially the one strategy I haven’t talked about much publicly until now. 

Three threads, briefly: U.S. landlord-friendly real estate (we’ve covered that on the show since 2022). Business acquisition — including the one Cherry quietly pulled off two years ago, which has been a game-changer for our family. And then the third piece, which is where this article wants to spend most of its time: real-estate-style leverage applied to the stock market. Twenty-five percent down. The other 75% borrowed through an institutional investment loan. Same structural math we’ve used in real estate for thirty years — applied to the index instead of a duplex. 

If you’ve been quietly wondering whether there’s a way to put your money to work that isn’t another mutual fund and isn’t another Ontario rental — keep reading. This is for you. 

Quick Context: Why I’ve Been Saying What I’ve Been Saying 

Brief recap, for anyone newer to my work. 

I’m not saying real estate is dead in Canada. I’m saying the conditions that made it easy for the average passive investor are gone. Population growth has slowed. Cap rates are compressed. Capital requirements have ballooned. Rent control plus anti-renoviction bylaws plus inflation have squeezed the math to the point where professional property management costs more than the math supports. The infrastructure that made passive Canadian real estate actually passive — particularly the affordable third-party manager — is disappearing. 

That’s the death of passive — not in theory, in practice. The infrastructure that made passive Canadian real estate investing actually passive isn’t there anymore. 

Active operators are still making it work. People running real estate as a real business — teams, systems, scale, the discipline to handle the LTB. They’ve earned it. I cheer for them. I send them clients. They will be guests on my show. 

But for the client who wanted passive — who wanted cash flow without the second job — that option here in Canada has largely closed. So I’ve been pointing them somewhere else. 

Where Passive Real Estate Investing Went: South 

Passive real estate investing for Canadians didn’t disappear. It moved south. 

Landlord-friendly U.S. markets — places where tenant laws aren’t stacked against owners, cap rates pencil, and you can hire institutional-grade property management that handles everything — are where the math now lives. We’ve covered this on the show since 2022, partnered with SHARE in 2023, and it’s been the through-line of the diversification message I’ve been making publicly for two and a half years. 

Quick example, in case you’re new. A client of ours just closed on a single-family home in South Carolina. Two-hundred-and-thirty-five thousand U.S. dollars. House built in 1996. Almost 2,400 square feet. Twenty-two-minute drive from the BMW plant that employs 11,000 people. Cap rate? 7.3 percent. Closing? 30 to 60 days. 

Try finding that combination in Ontario today. The math doesn’t exist here anymore. 

That’s leg one of where Cherry and I are redeploying capital from the Hamilton sell-down. If that’s the part you came for — that’s the part. Now let’s talk about the other things diversification looks like in our actual household, before we get to the strategy this article wants to spend its time on. 

ICYMI: We Bought a Business Two Years Ago. It Changed Everything. 

Two years ago, Cherry acquired another accounting firm. The previous owners? Two retiring boomers ready to step away from their practice. At the time it was a meaningful capital deployment and a meaningful operational bet. With the benefit of hindsight, it was perfectly timed. 

A boring, cash-flowing professional services business — landed right as the Canadian real estate market was decelerating. It became the counterweight to the slowdown. As real estate transaction volume softened across our realtor business at iWIN Real Estate, Cherry’s accounting practice was doing the opposite — quietly compounding, generating recurring cash flow, completely uncorrelated with the housing market. 

And here’s the bigger point. Cherry didn’t just acquire a business. She executed the textbook version of what’s about to be the largest small business ownership transfer in Canadian history. Two retiring boomers, no internal succession, a profitable practice that needed a new owner. Cherry stepped in. Buyer wins, sellers win. That exact transaction is going to happen tens of thousands of times across this country over the next decade — and most retail investors aren’t even thinking about it as an investment category. 

That’s diversification working the way it’s supposed to. 

A boring, cash-flowing business to offset the slowdown of the real estate market. That’s diversification working the way it’s supposed to. 

And we’re not alone.

If you’ve been listening to the show, you’ve heard me say this — more and more real estate investors are pivoting into adjacent services. Becoming realtors, mortgage agents, general contractors and accountants. My paralegal friend Andrew switched into HVAC. The pattern is everywhere once you start looking for it: people who built wealth in real estate are moving toward businesses that own the cash flow rather than the property. 

Some have tried hospitality — short-term rentals, AirBnB — and got squeezed when municipalities started shutting it down. The boutique operators with proper licensing and unique product are still doing well, but it’s no longer the easy retail-investor play it was five years ago. 

The bigger trend behind all of this — the one most retail investors are sleeping on — is exactly what Cherry just did. Boomer business owners are retiring. Many have no transition plan. No kid taking over the shop. No succession. Which means the next generation has an enormous opportunity to acquire profitable, cash-flowing businesses at fair, sometimes generous, prices. And there’s a lifetime capital gains exemption in Canada that makes selling a qualifying business incredibly tax-efficient — meaning sellers are often willing to negotiate creatively. Buyer wins, seller wins. 

Boring HVAC company. Landscaping route. Dental practice. Accounting firm. The cash-on-cash returns on these things, when you bought them right, are not in the same league as a duplex in Hamilton. And nobody’s bidding the prices up the way they do on real estate, because most people don’t know how to value or finance a small business. 

Cherry and I are living proof of the strategy. It’s one of the pillars the new show is going to spend serious time on. 

Now the Piece I Haven’t Talked About Much: 25% Down on the Stock Market 

Here’s the part of my personal playbook I haven’t talked about publicly nearly as much as the U.S. real estate or business acquisition pieces — and it’s the one I think is the bigger missing puzzle piece for most of the investors in my audience. 

Almost no Canadian retail investor knows this option exists, but you can take real-estate-style leverage and apply it to the stock market. Here’s the structure: a creditworthy Canadian can access a $100,000 investment loan with no money down. Monthly cost of carry is roughly $433 per month. The investment vehicle has principal protection built in. The interest may be tax-deductible. And if you have a spouse with good credit, you can stack a second $100,000 the same way. 

In real estate terms, this is a 25% down deal — except there’s no down payment. It’s leverage applied to the broad index, not to a duplex. 

If that sounds aggressive, stay with me — because it’s actually the same expected-return math you’ve been doing on Ontario rentals for years. You just haven’t seen it applied this way. 

The 2005 framework, applied to 2026 

Back in 2005, when I was running my expected-return math on a real estate investment, the standard assumption was 20% down, 80% mortgage, and roughly 3% appreciation per year. Run that math through, factor in the leverage, and your expected return on the cash you actually put in lands around 15% per year. That’s the math that built the Canadian real estate investing industry. The leverage did the work. 

Now apply the same framework to the stock market. Twenty-five percent down. Borrow the other 75% through an investment loan. Assume the stock market’s long-run historic average — call it around 10% per year. Run the math the same way. Factor in your cost of carry on the borrowed portion. Expected ROI on your equity? Around 40%. 

Now, before anyone yells at me — yes, the past does not predict the future. Yes, leverage cuts both ways. Yes, 10% is an assumption, not a guarantee. We will walk through every loss scenario at the live training. 

Even if the stock market only does 6% — way below average — I still get a respectable return on my equity. And I get zero landlord headaches. 

That’s the trade. Just a deposit, a wire transfer, and quarterly statements. For the lazy investor — the one protective of their time and mental health — it’s the easiest yes I’ve ever signed. 

Why this fits the audience I serve 

Most of my clients are over-concentrated in Canadian real estate. They wanted passive. They got an active job they didn’t ask for. They’ve been looking for a way to diversify without dumping properties at the bottom of the cycle. 

This strategy was built for that exact person. It’s the second leg of what Cherry and I are doing personally — pulling capital from Ontario as it naturally frees up, and putting some of it into a leveraged equity position that gives us index exposure with the same kind of leverage real estate already taught us to use. 

It’s not magic. It’s not a shortcut. It’s just the same math you already understand, applied to a different asset class. 

Important Context: This Isn’t My Whole Portfolio 

Before anyone takes the wrong message from this article, let me be clear about something. 

This isn’t my whole portfolio. Not even close. Cherry and I still hold significant Canadian real estate. We have active businesses generating cash flow. We carry insurance and we have a properly diversified picture across asset classes, income sources, and time horizons. The leveraged stock market position I’m describing is one leg of that. Not the whole table. 

And I’m not telling you to put your last dollar into this either. I’m telling you it deserves a seat at the table — alongside whatever else you’re already doing. Diversification is the whole point. Don’t put all your eggs in this basket. Or any basket. 

A Quick Note on the Show — and Why This Is Actually Going Back to Roots 

If you’ve been listening to my podcast for any length of time, you know it as The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians. Almost five hundred episodes over nearly a decade. 

Starting now, the show is becoming The Truth About Financial Independence for Canadians. TAFI for short. Find it at tafipod.ca. 

Here’s the thing about this rebrand that I want you to understand. It might look like a departure. It’s actually the opposite. It’s a return to the original idea that started me down this path twenty years ago. 

In 2005 I read Rich Dad Poor Dad. Like a lot of you. The whole point of that book — the whole reason it changed how millions of people think about money — was that there is no single path out of the rat race. Real estate is one path. Owning a business is another. Investing in paper assets is another. Kiyosaki was clear about it. Most of us who started with real estate just got so good at it that we forgot the rest of the framework existed. 

Like all entrepreneurs, we have to pivot. This change is the show going back to its roots — exiting the rat race the way Kiyosaki actually wrote about. Multiple paths. Not just real estate. 

So the rebrand isn’t the show changing direction. It’s the show finally living up to what it was always supposed to be about. Career and income optimization. U.S. real estate. Leveraged stock-market investing. Buying small businesses from retiring boomers. Lifestyle design. Canadian tax strategy. AI as a wealth-creation tool. Multiple paths. Same Rich Dad philosophy. 

Like all entrepreneurs, we pivot. This is ours. 

Want the Whole $100,000 Strategy Walked Through Live? 

This Saturday — May 30, 2026 — I’m hosting a free training called the Zero-Down Wealth Strategy. It’s hybrid: in-person at the iWIN office in Oakville, or join on Zoom from anywhere. Hard start at 9:00am Eastern, hard stop at 10:30am. 

In those 90 minutes, I’m walking through: 

  1. The complete $100,000 investment loan structure 
  1. The math — what $433/month actually buys you over 5 and 10 years 
  1. Every loss scenario — what happens when the market drops 20%, 30%, 40% 
  1. How this fits alongside (not replacing) a real estate portfolio 
  1. Live Q&A — bring questions, bring skepticism 

In-person seats are capped at 40 people and they always go. If you want to be in the room, register today. 

Saturday May 30 — Hybrid (Oakville + Zoom): infinitywealth.ca/20260530 

Tuesday June 2 — Zoom only at 8pm Eastern: infinitywealth.ca/2026060

Both events cover the same content. Pick whichever fits your schedule. 

The Bottom Line 

Canadian real estate isn’t dead. But the conditions that made it a passive vehicle for the average investor are gone. If you want to be an active operator and treat real estate as a business, more power to you. If you want passive, you have to look elsewhere — landlord-friendly U.S. markets, leveraged stock-market positions, small-business acquisition, and a few other paths the show will keep covering. 

Diversify. Pacify. Get your time and your peace of mind back. 

That’s the next chapter.

To Listen:

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/Welcome-to-the-Truth-About-Financial-Independence-e3j379d 

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/46779809-e913-42b2-8984-b5e0dc7f30d5/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-welcome-to-the-truth-about-financial-independence

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/podcast/ITEM-NAME/B0GYKNM4JR?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

Apple: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/welcome-to-the-truth-about-financial-independence/id1100488294?i=1000766797099

YouTube: https://youtu.be/ibBWxozAre8

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Im-Exiting-Ontario-Real-Estate.png 1080 1920 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-05-08 14:52:192026-05-12 11:54:30I’ve Been Telling Investors to Diversify Out of Ontario Since 2023. Here’s What I’m Actually Buying Now

The Zero-Down Wealth Strategy: Why Smart Canadians Are Getting Positioned Now 

April 29, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Why Smart Canadians Are Getting Positioned Now 

By Erwin Szeto | Host of The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians 

Recorded: April 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

I’ve been doing this podcast since 2016. Almost 10 years, approaching 500 episodes. And in all that time, I’ve rarely recorded a solo episode — because this strategy is so important, and so few people are talking about it, that I needed to speak directly to you, my precious 17 listeners. 

I call it the Zero-Down Wealth Strategy. And if you’re a Canadian real estate investor who’s tired of tenant headaches, over-concentrated in local real estate, and wondering what comes next — this might be the most important thing you read this year. 

The $433 Question 

Let me ask you something. 

Would you rather invest $100,000 — or $433 a month? 

Most people hear $100,000 and immediately think: I don’t have that sitting around. But $433 a month? That’s a car payment. Most of us spend or invest that without blinking. 

Here’s the thing — they’re the same investment. 

$433 is the monthly interest cost of a $100,000 investment loan (from an institutional lender — none of that private lending crap) at today’s rate of 5.2%. One credit check. One self-reported loan application. Zero of your own capital required. No property or property appraisal. No lender fees, mortgage broker and full underwriting. 

That’s it. 

Why Canadian Real Estate Investors Are Stuck 

Before I explain the strategy, I want to acknowledge something most of us feel but rarely say out loud. 

We’re stuck. 

Inflation is real. In March 2026, Canada’s inflation rate hit 3.3% — well above the Bank of Canada’s 2% target. Just look at what it cost to build the Eglinton LRT if you want a concrete example. Money sitting idle loses real purchasing power every single month. 

We’re over-concentrated. Almost every real estate investor I meet with to discuss their investments has 80 to 90% of their wealth tied up in local Canadian real estate — all in Canadian currency. That’s not diversification. That’s concentration risk. 

Demand is weakening. Immigration restrictions, rising unemployment, softening rental demand — the outlook for Canadian investment property has changed materially. This is not 2015. 

The landlord nightmare is real. I say this as someone who’s lived it. I had a tenant deliberately flood my basement causing $10,000 worth of damage. The police couldn’t do anything. I’m currently nine months into a Landlord Tenant Board hearing just for non-payment of rent. Non-payment. Vandalism. LTB backlogs. Ontario is one of the most difficult places in the world to be a landlord right now. 

So why are we still playing the same game? 

2026: A Critical Window 

Here’s what makes this moment particularly important. 

2026 is a US midterm election year — and history has a very clear pattern: 

  • 4.7% — Average S&P 500 return in midterm election years (vs. 9.5% in all other years) 
  • 18% — Average intra-year market drawdown before the November election 
  • 15.4% — Average S&P 500 return in the year after a midterm election 

Quarterly average S&P 500 price returns by presidential cycle (1961-2024) 

Source: Strategas Research  

We are in Q2 of Year 2 RIGHT NOW and this year should be especially volatile with this November’s midterm election deciding if Trump controls Congress or not. 

The market already dropped 9% earlier this year and bounced back 12% — exactly the kind of volatility midterm years are known for. 

The dip before November isn’t the danger. It’s the setup. 

The question isn’t whether a correction is coming. The question is whether you’ll be positioned to benefit from the rebound when it does. 

You Already Believe in Leverage 

If you’re a real estate investor, you already understand this concept — you’ve just been applying it to the wrong vehicle. 

Nobody buys investment property with cash. We put 20 to 25% down and borrow the rest. We call that smart investing. 

Around 2010 — right after the financial crisis — zero down and 5% down mortgages were everywhere in the investor community. Nobody called that reckless. We called it getting ahead. And everyone I know who took advantage of that leverage in 2010 did extremely well. 

This is the same principle. Just applied to a better vehicle — one with no landlord headaches, no appraisals, no LTB hearings, and no midnight calls. 

Two Yale Professors Proved It 

In 2010 — right after one of the worst decades in stock market history — two Yale professors published a book called: 

Lifecycle Investing: A New, Safe, and Audacious Way to Improve the Performance of Your Retirement Portfolio

— Barry Nalebuff & Ian Ayres, Yale University 

Their conclusion, backed by rigorous mathematical proof: leveraged investing, done correctly, outperforms conventional portfolios over a lifetime. 

They weren’t writing from the comfort of a bull market. They ran the math through the pain — through the dot-com crash, through 2008 — and the conclusion was the same every time. 

We real estate investors already know this intuitively. We leveraged into real estate and built wealth over the long term. This is no different in principle. It’s just a different asset class. 

The Stress Test Results 

I ran my own stress test — comparing a leveraged non-registered investment against three alternatives most Canadians swear by: 

Strategy Result 
RRSP — pre-tax dollars, tax-deferred growth ✗ Underperforms 
TFSA — after-tax dollars, tax-free growth ✗ Underperforms 
Non-registered, unleveraged ✗ Underperforms 
Non-registered, leveraged ✅ Wins 

Yes — including the TFSA. The leveraged non-registered strategy beats them all. 

I know that’s counterintuitive. We’ve been conditioned to think TFSAs and RRSPs are the gold standard. And for most people, they are excellent choices. But real estate investors aren’t most people. We walk to a different drummer. We’re looking for outsized returns — and the math confirms this strategy delivers them. 

You can verify this yourself — run the numbers in ChatGPT or Claude and it will confirm: a non-registered leveraged investment outperforms registered fund vehicles over the long term. 

How It Actually Works 

Here’s the practical breakdown: 

Step 1 — Qualify  One credit check. One self-reported loan application. No property, appraisal, mortgage broker and no full underwriting involved.

Step 2 — Borrow $100,000  100% loan to value. Zero of your own capital required. Your only cost is $433/month in interest at 5.2%. If structured correctly, that interest is tax-deductible — speak to your accountant. 

Step 3 — Invest  The $100,000 goes into a segregated fund account — think of it as a mutual fund from the insurance industry.  

Step 4 — Principal protection  This is the key difference from simply putting borrowed money into the stock market. Segregated funds come with built-in principal protection. The downside is covered. The upside belongs to you. That’s why institutional lenders are willing to lend against this — the risk is contained. 

The accounts belong to you. You sign off on everything. We coordinate the paperwork and movement of funds at iWIN Wealth Planning — but it’s your money, your account, your decision. 

Is This Right for You? 

Leveraged investing isn’t for everyone. Before you consider this strategy, ask yourself these questions — and discuss them honestly with your advisor. 

Do you have a specific financial goal in mind? 

This strategy works best when you know what you’re building toward. Retirement income? Diversification away from Canadian real estate? Getting off the landlord treadmill? Get clear on your goal before you start. 

How long are you planning to invest? 

Leveraged investing is typically more suitable for a long-term investment horizon of 10 years or more. Just like real estate — the longer you hold, the more you de-risk. This is not a short-term play. 

How much other debt are you carrying? 

Keep your debt manageable. Make sure your current debt load is under control before adding an investment loan. A good rule of thumb: your total monthly borrowing costs — including the $433/month investment loan interest — should not exceed 36% of your before-tax income. 

How stable is your income? 

A steady income helps you make the required interest payments every month without stress. If your income is unpredictable, this may not be the right time. 

What is your tolerance for risk? 

Are you comfortable with potential fluctuations in your investment value? And with the possibility that in some scenarios, leveraged investing may not outperform traditional investing? If market volatility keeps you up at night, this is not the right vehicle for you. 

Let’s talk if you answered these questions honestly and still feel confident

If I Could Do It All Again 

I want to be honest with you. 

I made the decision in 2005 — 11 years before this podcast started — to go all-in on real estate investing instead of the stock market. And I’ve built a great business from it. Nearly $500 million in investment property transactions. Four-time Realtor of the Year to investors in Ontario. 

But if I could do it all again? I would have deployed leverage earlier — into vehicles without the landlord baggage. 

Less grey hair. More money. No tenant nightmares. More time with our families. 

I think about my clients too. The ones I’ve worked with for years. We would have all made more money. We would have all been happier. That’s not a small thing. 

These are the same strategies I’m now teaching my own kids — and recommending to every client I meet. Because I don’t want non-payment of rent or tenant vandalism stealing anyone’s time away from what actually matters. My future grandchildren deserve parents who aren’t fighting about money because they have to feed the real estate’s bank account — because a tenant stopped paying or a basement flooded, which is happening ever more frequently with climate change. 

The Midterms Are November. You Have 6 Months. 

The US midterm elections are November 2026. History says markets dip before then — and then deliver some of the strongest returns of the four-year presidential cycle in the year that follows. 

You have roughly six months to get positioned. 

I’m doing a free live training where I walk through the full strategy, show you the stress test results side by side, and answer your questions directly. 

Two ways to join: 

📍  Saturday May 30, 2026 — Hybrid (In-Person + Zoom)  Doors open 8:30am · Hard start 9:00am · Hard stop 10:30am · iWIN Office, Oakville · Limited to 40 in-person 

[Register here → Wealth Planning for Canadians] 

💻  Tuesday June 2, 2026 — Webinar Only  8:00pm Eastern · Zoom · 90 minutes 

Same content both sessions. Pick what works for you. 

[Register here → Wealth Planning for Canadians] 

In-person spots fill fast. Don’t wait.

To Listen:

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/The-Zero-Down-Wealth-Strategy-How-Canadians-Use-Leverage-to-Beat-Inflation-e3il08o

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/ac823c8a-fca9-4be5-aebe-e266c178f86a/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-the-zero-down-wealth-strategy-how-canadians-use-leverage-to-beat-inflation

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0GYYHMYXG?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

Apple Music: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/the-zero-down-wealth-strategy-how-canadians-use/id1100488294?i=1000764468055

YouTube: https://youtu.be/ibBWxozAre8

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Youtube-thumbnails-23-1-1.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-04-29 18:47:192026-05-12 11:55:06The Zero-Down Wealth Strategy: Why Smart Canadians Are Getting Positioned Now 

The $600,000 Penalty. Why I recommend against Private Lending

April 27, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

By Erwin Szeto | Host of The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians 

Recorded: April 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Three Real Estate Stories the Headlines Are Missing in 2026 

Three stories crossed my desk in the last few weeks that every Canadian real estate investor needs to hear about — together, not separately. Because when you put them side by side, they tell one story, and it’s the story the headlines are missing. 

Story one: Ontario’s HST rebate on new-build homes launched April 1st, and sales surged at major builders. Story two: Alberta’s new-build market — the province everyone has been telling you to buy into — is showing real cracks. And story three: a regulatory ruling from FSRA that hit close to home for me personally, and that carries a lesson every private investor needs to absorb. 

Here’s what they have in common. The headline is never the whole story. The loudest voices in a market are rarely the most informed. And your job as an investor is to do your own work. 

Let’s get into it. 

Story 1: Ontario’s HST Rebate Sparks a Sales Surge — But the Investor Window Has Already Closed 

On April 12th, the Globe and Mail reported that new-build home sales in Ontario surged in the first week of the province’s new HST rebate. Major homebuilder Minto sold nearly 120 new homes in Ottawa and the Toronto region. Branthaven Homes sold more homes in one week than they did in all of 2025. The industry trade group BILD called it a “jolt.” 

If you’re an Ontario landlord or investor, the question is obvious: is this the bottom? Is preconstruction back? Should I jump in? 

Before you do, you need to understand what the rebate actually covers — and what it doesn’t. 

How the Ontario HST New-Build Rebate Works 

Effective April 1st, 2026, Ontario buyers can claim a rebate on the 13% HST on new-build homes. The transaction window runs until March 31st, 2027. The rules differ depending on whether you’re buying to live in the home or to rent it out. 

For end-users (people buying a home to live in), construction has to start before December 31st, 2028 to qualify. That’s a meaningful window. 

For investors (people buying to rent the unit out), the rules are dramatically tighter. Construction must already have been started by March 31st, 2026 — a date that has already passed. In other words, the investor version of this rebate only applies to product that’s already in the ground. There is no path for an investor to buy a brand-new project and qualify. 

It’s also worth noting that the rebate is not yet ratified in legislation. Buyers and developers are transacting as if it is, but the federal Department of Finance told the Globe it cannot speculate on timelines. 

The Case for Optimism 

Let’s give the rebate its fair due. Thirteen per cent off a new home is real money. On a $700,000 townhome, that’s $91,000 — a meaningful down payment, not a marketing gimmick. 

The volume is undeniable. Branthaven sold 120 townhomes in Milton and Mississauga and another 20 condos in Oakville in a single week. Construction jobs are coming back — Branthaven’s president told the Globe he expects to rehire up to 30 staff and put dozens of subcontractors back to work. And it begins to clear out the more than 10,700 cancelled GTA and Hamilton condo units that have hung over the market since 2022. 

The Case for Caution 

Not every builder is sharing in the surge. Fernbrook Homes — a 45-year veteran developer — told the Globe they had “many calls and inquiries” but the result was “no sales. Zero.” CEO Joe Salvatore said buyers are “100,000 per cent gun shy” after years of economic upheaval and the U.S. trade war. 

Minto’s own CEO openly questioned whether the surge would last: “Is this a short spurt that will peter out, or will it be sustained?” Pauline Lierman of Zonda Urban — a leading preconstruction researcher — was even more direct: “Demand and confidence is not all there.” 

And the underlying affordability problem hasn’t moved. Solmar Development just cancelled its large Bristol Place condo project in Brampton and converted it to rentals. Their executive vice-president told the Globe the issue was simple: buyers can’t qualify for mortgages and can’t come up with the down payments. “Affordability continues to be an issue, regardless of the rebates.” 

What This Means for Investors 

If you’re a first-time buyer or end-user, the rebate is genuinely worth a serious look. The math on your primary residence is different than the math on a rental, and you have a meaningful window to act. 

If you’re an investor hoping the rebate unlocks Ontario rentals, slow down. The investor cutoff has already passed. Anything you buy now does not qualify for the investor rebate. And Ontario’s underlying landlord economics — rent control, tenant board wait times, eviction process, capped annual increases — have not changed. A one-time purchase discount does not fix ongoing negative cash flow. 

If you’re an existing Ontario landlord whose properties are not cash-flowing, this rebate may actually create a window for you to exit. If new-build sales pick up broadly, the resale market tends to follow with a lag. That could be your opportunity to redeploy capital into something that actually cash-flows. 

Which leads us to where many Ontario investors have been looking for the past few years. 

🎧 Listen to the full podcast

Story 2: Why Toronto Investors Are Walking Away from Their Calgary Preconstruction Deals 

For the last three or four years, the loudest advice in Canadian real estate investing circles has been some version of: “Sell your Ontario rental, buy in Alberta.” I get it. Landlord-friendly legislation, no rent control, lower provincial taxes, a growing population, better affordability than the GTA or the Lower Mainland. On paper, it’s everything Ontario isn’t. 

Then on April 2nd, the Globe and Mail published a piece titled “Glut of new build homes starts to unhinge the Alberta market.” Every Canadian investor with Alberta exposure — or who is considering it — needs to read it carefully. 

The Calgary Townhouse Glut, By the Numbers 

According to Altus Group data cited in the Globe, unsold new-build townhome inventory in Calgary hovered below 1,000 units from mid-2023 through early 2025. By the end of 2025, it climbed past 1,030 — and rising. The share of new-build townhomes priced at or above $500,000 jumped from 40 per cent to 72 per cent in the same period, putting them out of reach of many local first-time buyers. 

Here’s the line every investor needs to absorb. Edward Jegg, Altus’s research manager of data solutions, told the Globe: “Many projects started in the early 2020s were targeted to Toronto investors,” and “a number of those sales to out-of-town investors are not going through, so they are coming back to the market.” 

Translation: the Toronto investors who bought Calgary preconstruction in 2021, 2022, and 2023 — when everyone was telling you Alberta was the next big thing — those deals aren’t closing. Investors are walking away or can’t qualify, and the inventory is landing back on the market and piling up. 

The Cash-Flow Story Has Changed 

Calgary agent Michael Ferianec of Urban Upgrade & New Infills explained why investor demand has dried up: “The cash flow that once made new-build townhomes an attractive investment has dwindled, as a healthy supply of purpose-built rentals, combined with slower population growth, drives down asking rents.” He’s also seeing “more flip-over from rental to sale. Because the rental market already has a lot of listings.” 

That’s a feedback loop. When rents soften, landlords list for sale instead of rent. That adds to for-sale inventory. That softens prices. Meanwhile, Calgary’s unemployment is still elevated, and oil prices are squeezing local cost of living. Three buyer segments — local first-timers, local renters, out-of-town investors — are all soft at the same time. 

The Long-Term Alberta Case Is Still Real 

I want to be fair here. The structural case for Alberta is still intact. Landlord-friendly legislation remains among the most landlord-friendly in the country. There is still no rent control. The eviction process is faster and more predictable than Ontario’s tenant board. Provincial tax burden is lower. Long-term population trajectory — interprovincial migration, international immigration — remains a tailwind, even if it has slowed. 

This isn’t a story about Alberta being broken. It’s a story about cycles. Calgary in 2026 looks different from Calgary in 2022. The investors who made money on Alberta over the last few years didn’t do it because Alberta is magic — they did it because they bought at the right part of the cycle, at the right price point, in the right sub-market, with the right financing. 

The Bigger Lesson — Stop Chasing Narratives 

The narrative that moves through Canadian investor circles is always one or two steps behind the data. In 2020 and 2021 it was “Toronto condos forever.” From 2022 through 2024 it was “get out of Ontario, buy Alberta.” And a lot of investors bought Calgary townhomes from a floor plan, sight unseen, in a sub-market they had never visited, based on a spreadsheet a promoter handed them at a free seminar. Now those units are completing, the rents aren’t where the pro-forma said they would be, the values aren’t where the pro-forma said they would be, and the investors are either walking or holding something that doesn’t cash-flow. 

This isn’t an Alberta problem. It’s a chasing-the-narrative problem. I’ve watched the same pattern in Toronto, Hamilton, Barrie — and now Calgary. 

Where the Real Opportunity Is Right Now 

Many of my recent podcast guests — active investors, builders, experienced operators — have told me the same thing. Deals are hard to come by right now. Construction costs are inflated. Property values, even in softer markets, haven’t collapsed the way some expected. The spread between what it costs to build and what you can sell or rent for has narrowed. That’s a tough environment to find a great deal in. The consistent message from those guests has been: be patient, underwrite quality, and don’t force a deal just to be in the market. 

With that context, here’s the opportunity I’d actually be paying attention to. A glut of unsold new-build inventory and small developers under real pressure — softening rents, oversupply, carrying costs, nervous lenders — is motivated-seller territory. 

Think about it. Why take on financing risk, development risk, construction risk, timing risk, and pay today’s inflated build costs — when there’s a small developer who has already carried all of that risk, has a finished building, and needs to move it? You can potentially buy turnkey, at a discount, with actual rent history and actual expense data. No pro-forma guessing. That’s a fundamentally better risk-adjusted position than buying preconstruction from a floor plan. The patient buyer with cash or pre-approved financing is the one who gets paid in this cycle. 

Story 3: FSRA’s $600,000 Penalty Against Claire Drage — and Three Lessons Every Investor Must Absorb 

The third story is the hardest one for me to write. Because it isn’t about a market or a policy — it’s about a person, and many in the Ontario real estate investing community knew her, including me. 

What FSRA Found 

On March 11th, 2026, the Financial Services Regulatory Authority of Ontario (FSRA) announced six administrative monetary penalties totalling $600,000 against Claire Drage, formerly a licensed mortgage broker in Guelph. The full release is available on FSRA’s website, and I encourage you to read it directly. 

FSRA’s findings, in their words: Drage “engaged in a prolonged and extensive pattern of misconduct, exposed investors to significant losses, failed to mitigate those losses, and derived significant economic benefit from her contraventions.” 

FSRA states she brokered hundreds of mortgages and other loans for a group of real estate developers, raising over $100 million from the investing public. The cited regulatory breaches include failing to disclose material risks, failing to disclose conflicts of interest, providing inaccurate valuations, failing to take reasonable steps to ensure mortgages were suitable, and failing to address inaccuracies in mortgage applications. The real estate companies behind those loans became insolvent and were granted CCAA creditor protection on January 23rd, 2024, exposing investors to real losses. Drage did not contest FSRA’s proposal, and the order was issued as-is. 

Why I Have to Disclose My Own History Here 

I knew Claire personally. She was a sponsor of my investor conference back in 2019. We referred clients to each other. She was, for a period, someone I considered a respected peer in this industry. 

At a certain point — years before any of this became public — something came up in my own network that concerned me. Out of fairness, and because there was a regulatory process that has only just concluded, I’m not going to get into specifics. But after that experience, I quietly made the decision to stop referring clients, and I took down the podcast episode I had recorded with her. I didn’t go public or issue a statement but I pulled back. 

I have to be honest with myself here. Almost three years passed between when I pulled back and when this all became public with the CCAA filing in January 2024. In that time, Claire continued to speak at other podcasts, sponsor other meetups, and appear at industry events. I wasn’t the gatekeeper for an entire industry. But I do sometimes ask myself whether I should have said more, sooner. It isn’t a clean answer. I had a hunch. I acted on it for myself and my direct clients but I didn’t broadcast it. Reasonable people can disagree about whether that was the right call. 

To the Investors Who Were Hurt 

Behind that one paragraph from FSRA about penalties are real people. Retail investors — often mom-and-pop lenders, sometimes retirees putting RRSP or TFSA money into what they thought was a safe, secured, first-mortgage investment — who lost money or had their capital tied up in an insolvency that may take years to resolve. 

If that’s you, I’m truly sorry. Nothing in the rest of this article is meant to lecture anyone already hurt. You did what a lot of smart, well-intentioned people did — you trusted someone licensed by the province, endorsed by the community, on stages with people you respected. That isn’t naive. That’s human. The rest of this is for everyone else who hasn’t yet made a similar decision and can still learn from what happened. 

Lesson 1 — Do Diligence on the Person, Not Just the Deal 

When you invest in a private mortgage, a syndicated mortgage, a Mortgage Investment Corporation (MIC), or any real estate syndication, you are not just investing in a property. You are investing in the people running the deal — their integrity, their processes, their disclosures, their willingness to tell you bad news when bad news happens. The property is a commodity. The operator is not. 

Concrete steps to do diligence on a person: check their licence status on the regulator’s website (FSRA for Ontario mortgage brokers, OSC for exempt market dealers). Search the regulatory enforcement database. Search their name with terms like “lawsuit,” “complaint,” “FSRA,” “OSC,” and “CCAA.” Ask for references from past investors on deals that went badly, not just deals that paid out — anyone can give you a happy reference. Ask about the deals that didn’t go well: How were they handled? How was the communication? Were losses disclosed and mitigated, or papered over? 

Pay particular attention to conflicts of interest. If the same person is the broker, the promoter, a connected party to the developer, and the recipient of transaction fees — that’s a stack of conflicts. It does not automatically disqualify the deal, but it has to be disclosed clearly and accounted for in how you size your investment. FSRA specifically cited failure to disclose conflicts of interest in this case. That isn’t a technicality. That’s the whole game. 

Lesson 2 — Private Lending Is Risk Capital, Not GIC Capital 

A lot of retail investors have been sold on private mortgages and MICs over the last decade as a “safe, secured, high-yield” alternative to GICs. That framing oversimplifies the actual risk. 

A first mortgage on real property is secured — yes. But secured against what? An appraisal value the broker provided? A property in a small town with a thin resale market? A development project where the value only materializes if construction finishes and lease-up succeeds? A borrower who may be connected to the broker arranging the loan? “Secured” is not the same as “safe,” and “high yield” exists for a reason: it is compensation for risk that’s real, even if you can’t see it on the pitch deck. 

When these deals go bad, they don’t go gently. They tend to go via CCAA filings or receiverships, and by the time you hear about it your capital is frozen for years while lawyers work through the priority stack. That isn’t a bond. It’s a fundamentally different risk profile, and it has to be sized in your portfolio accordingly. 

Well-structured private lending, with a trustworthy operator, genuine arm’s-length underwriting, and a property in a liquid market, absolutely has a place in a portfolio. What it doesn’t have is a place in your GIC bucket. If losing it would be devastating, it doesn’t belong here. 

Lesson 3 — Trust Your Gut, and Act on It 

When something feels off, act on it. Don’t wait for proof. Don’t wait for the regulator to catch up. Don’t wait until you can articulate the concern well enough to convince other people. Just protect your people. 

I pulled back years before any of this was public. I had no proof — just a hunch from one interaction that didn’t sit right with me. A lot of voices in our industry would have told me I was being paranoid, being unfair, burning a bridge with a successful operator for no reason. I pulled back anyway. Today I don’t regret that — I only regret not being louder about it earlier. 

If you’re a referrer — a realtor, a planner, a coach, a podcaster — the people who trust you are extending your reputation to the people you refer them to. That is a real responsibility. The stage someone stands on, the sponsorships they buy, the podcasts they appear on — those things confer credibility. All of us in this industry who platform people owe our audiences more diligence than we often do. 

The Common Thread 

Three stories. One thread. Ontario’s HST rebate surge is real but narrower for investors than the headlines suggest, and the investor cutoff has already passed. Alberta’s structural case is still intact, but the short-term picture is softer than the pitch decks say, and the real opportunity is patient capital buying turnkey from motivated sellers — not chasing preconstruction. And the FSRA ruling on Claire Drage is a reminder that in this industry, the people pitching you a deal deserve at least as much diligence as the deal itself. 

The headline is never the whole story. The loudest voices in a market are rarely the most informed. Your job as an investor is to do your own work — check the numbers, check the operator, trust your gut, underwrite on what is actually happening, not what a spreadsheet says could happen. 

Want Help Working Through This? 

If you’re trying to figure out whether to hold an Ontario rental, exit into Alberta, redeploy into the U.S., or stress-test a private lending position someone just pitched you — that’s exactly the conversation we have at iWIN Wealth Planning every week. 

I built this practice with my wife Cherry — a CPA who specializes in real estate tax — so our clients don’t have to navigate decisions like these alone, based on whoever had the shiniest pitch at the last meetup. We bring together real estate strategy, U.S. investment access through SHARE, tax planning, and estate and insurance planning into one coordinated plan. 

Reach out through iWIN Wealth Planning to start the conversation. 

Listen to the Full Episode 

The full audio version of this analysis is available on this week’s episode of The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians.

🎧 Listen here

Until next week — invest wisely. 

Want to stay ahead of what’s happening in real estate and the economy? 

Subscribe free at www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca — get new episodes delivered straight to your inbox. 

Thinking about your next move as a real estate investor? 

Book a free strategy call with the iWIN team: Apply here

Subscribe to The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians — ranked #81 business podcast on iTunes. 

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/ontario-hst-rebate-surge-alberta-cracks-%24600k-fsra/id1100488294?i=1000763729945

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/Ontario-HST-Rebate-SURGE–Alberta-CRACKS–600K-FSRA-Fine–Canadian-Real-Estate-2026-e3ie90u

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/cce7c607-9892-4548-b23a-dfa531d911db/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-ontario-hst-rebate-surge-alberta-cracks-600k-fsra-fine-canadian-real-estate-2026

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0GYMKW9HY?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/ibBWxozAre8

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Youtube-thumbnails-23-1-1.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-04-27 17:24:462026-04-27 17:24:49The $600,000 Penalty. Why I recommend against Private Lending

The landlord toolkit for 2026: tenant screening, AI reference checks, and the Alberta opportunity

April 20, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

SingleKey’s Mackenzie Wilson breaks down what every Canadian landlord needs to know right now — and shares product features that haven’t even launched yet.

Recorded: April 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Guest: Mackenzie Wilson

Before we get into this week’s episode, I want to share something that stuck with me.

My family attended a talk last week by Shannon Lee Simmons — CFP, bestselling author of Making Bank, and founder of the New School of Finance. The talk was put on by EO Toronto and I brought my kids. Shannon shared that many of the teenagers she works with have already given up on their financial futures. Housing feels unaffordable. Jobs are hard to find. The confidence just isn’t there.

That hit hard. But Cherry and I aren’t waiting for anyone to fix this for our kids. Our son is already working at our events earning a real wage. Our daughter starts bookkeeping for us this summer. They’re learning money, learning job skills — and yes, Dad gets a tax deduction. The point is: you fight financial despair with action, not sympathy.

Shannon also noted that because the future feels bleak, young people aren’t investing — they’re speculating. Sports betting, high-risk crypto, gambling. The casino didn’t get big by making people wealthy. The answer hasn’t changed: repeatable, boring, proven investing. That’s why this podcast exists.

Which brings me to this week’s guest.

Who is Mackenzie Wilson?

Mackenzie Wilson is Head of Business Development at SingleKey — Canada’s leading tenant screening and landlord risk management platform. He’s also an active real estate investor in Calgary, founder of the Alberta Landlord Community (5,000+ members, the largest landlord-only Facebook group in the province), and co-owner of Everway Legal Support, an eviction and process serving business operating across Canada.

We covered a lot of ground — here are the highlights.

What’s happening in Alberta right now

Alberta has been a darling of Canadian real estate investors for good reason: no rent control, business-friendly legislation, and strong population growth. But the picture is getting more nuanced.

Mackenzie shared that new build starts have been strong across the province — but CMHC’s MLI Select lending requirements have tightened significantly. Projects that started two years ago are finishing now with different rules than they were underwritten under. Developers are being asked to put in an additional $50,000 to $150,000 per deal at closing. And with rents coming in below original projections, some of those developers are becoming motivated sellers.

My take: rather than starting a development from scratch, it may make more sense to buy a distressed MLI Select project from a motivated seller — at a discount — than to go through the full development process yourself. The hard work is already done.

Calgary is also facing a new wrinkle: the city is reversing its blanket rezoning policy, making it harder to get permits on missing middle infill development. Mackenzie pointed out that even under the old blanket zoning, only about 15–25% of available properties actually pencilled out once you applied all the real constraints — lot size, setbacks, square footage minimums, and economics. The political backlash against densification is real, but the actual impact on supply is often misunderstood.

ATB’s latest GDP forecast for Alberta was revised upward — partly because of elevated global oil prices tied to the Strait of Hormuz situation. If you’re invested in Alberta real estate or Canadian energy, that’s a tailwind worth watching.

The SingleKey product suite — what landlords actually need

If you’re a landlord in Canada and you’re not using some form of tenant screening software, you’re taking on unnecessary risk. Mackenzie walked through everything SingleKey offers:

Tenant screening

SingleKey connects directly with Equifax and TransUnion for credit checks, searches the RCMP serious offender and sex offender database, pulls eviction data from provinces that make it available online, and cross-references with OpenRoom — a crowdsourced eviction database where landlords upload their LTB judgments. Everything runs from one application. No re-entering data, no manual credit check requests.

One feature I particularly like: SingleKey generates a shareable QR code for each rental listing. A serious tenant can scan it at the showing and complete the full application on their phone in the living room. The days of paper clipboards aren’t missed.

Tenant insurance

SingleKey can send a tenant an insurance invite at any point — new tenancy, existing tenancy, month-to-month. If the tenant uses SingleKey’s provider (through Walnut), you can mandate a minimum $2 million liability policy that the tenant cannot remove. And critically: if that policy is ever cancelled, you get automatically notified. You won’t know why — privacy prevents that — but you’ll know it happened, and you can get ahead of it before things go sideways.

Rent collection

Both pre-authorized debit (automated pull, slower — up to five to seven business days) and interactive e-transfer (faster, tenant-initiated) are available. Pros and cons to each, but both reduce the friction of chasing rent every month.

Digital lease signing

Now available across Canada (except Quebec and Nova Scotia, which require government-issued leases). You can embed conditions directly into the signing flow — including making tenant insurance a mandatory step before the tenant can sign the lease. That’s a powerful way to set the right foundation from day one.

The biggest new feature: AI-powered automated reference checks

This was the highlight of the episode — and we did a live demo on the show.

Mackenzie shared a stat that floored me: in a survey of landlords, 76% said they receive reference check calls from other landlords less than 10% of the time. I’ve always called references on every single tenant. Mackenzie does too. We’re apparently in the 1%.

The reason most landlords don’t do it: it’s awkward, time-consuming, and doesn’t scale. Getting through to someone, leaving voicemails, following up — it can eat 40 minutes of your day per application. Multiply that across multiple applicants and it’s a real problem.

SingleKey has been running an AI voice agent that automates this entire process. After 400 test calls, it’s achieving an 88% completion rate on full reference interviews. The agent calls the previous landlord, asks a structured set of open-ended questions — lease term, rental amount, payment history, pets, lease breaches, criminal record, and the key one: would you rent to this person again? — and delivers a PDF summary plus the full call recording.

The open-ended question format matters. If you just ask “was this a good tenant?”, you’re cueing up a yes/no that a fake reference can easily fake. When you ask “what was the rental amount?”, “when exactly did the tenancy start and end?”, and “can you describe the pets?” — you’re requiring the reference to have actual knowledge of the tenancy. A fake reference usually doesn’t.

We actually ran a live demo during the episode. I answered as a previous landlord for a fictional tenant named “John Tennant” at 123 Sesame Street, Edmonton, Alberta. The AI handled an incomplete address, asked follow-up questions, adapted to my answers in real time, and wrapped up the full interview in under two minutes. It was genuinely impressive.

Mackenzie’s point on the broader picture: this isn’t automating a job someone was doing — 76% of landlords weren’t doing it at all. This is adding a layer of due diligence that simply didn’t exist before, at a cost and time commitment that makes it viable at scale.

Vacancy rates and what they mean for Ontario landlords

Vacancy rates are rising across Ontario. Mackenzie noted they’re being reported at around 5% in some markets, and likely higher given data lag. Part of the reason: properties that were listed for sale are now coming back onto the rental market as sellers can’t find buyers at the prices they need. More rental supply means more competition for tenants — which is good for renters and harder for landlords.

For Ontario landlords specifically, the lesson is clear: tenant quality matters more than ever. A vacant unit is painful. A bad tenant in Ontario — where LTB timelines can stretch six months or more — is potentially catastrophic. Tools like SingleKey aren’t a nice-to-have anymore. They’re part of operating responsibly.

Bottom line

Canadian real estate is getting more complex. CMHC is tighter. Rents are softer in some markets. Vacancy is rising in Ontario. And fraudulent rental applications are getting easier to fake with AI tools — which makes verified, third-party screening even more important.

SingleKey’s suite — credit checks, eviction searches, insurance, digital leases, rent collection, and now automated AI reference checks — is the most comprehensive landlord toolkit I’ve seen in Canada. If you own rental properties, there’s no reason not to have a free account.

Want to stay ahead of what’s happening in real estate and the economy? 

Subscribe free at www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca — get new episodes delivered straight to your inbox. 

Thinking about your next move as a real estate investor? 

Book a free strategy call with the iWIN team: Apply here

Subscribe to The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians — ranked #81 business podcast on iTunes. 

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/ontario-landlord-horror-story-7-months-no-rent-vs-albertas/id1100488294?i=1000762395164

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/Ontario-Landlord-Horror-Story-7-Months-No-Rent-vs-Albertas-30-Day-Eviction-e3i2lqu 

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/215551c4-6f72-4715-81fb-34cf6084cef7/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-ontario-landlord-horror-story-7-months-no-rent-vs-alberta%27s-30-day-eviction

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0GXW87LXN?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/fcsdT3DM7XI

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Youtube-thumbnails-22.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-04-20 13:20:562026-04-20 13:21:00The landlord toolkit for 2026: tenant screening, AI reference checks, and the Alberta opportunity

Two Things Drive Real Estate Prices: How is Canada Doing?

April 9, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: April 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

I read the news every day. Not because I enjoy it — because I have to. Wayne Gretzky said it best: skate to where the puck is going, not where it has been. If I do not understand what is happening in the world, I cannot make good decisions for my portfolio or my clients. 

This past weekend I presented at the iWIN Wealth Summit — a client-only event — and shared the research I have been tracking closely. This is my full breakdown, updated for the podcast. 

The short version: Canada is facing real economic headwinds. The data is not great. But the investors who understand where things are going — not where they were — are already positioning themselves. Here is what I am watching and what I am doing. 

First Question to Ask Yourself Right Now 

Before anything else: how busy do you want to be? 

In my experience working with Ontario real estate investors over many years, the majority are overworked. Very few active landlords are genuinely enjoying the experience. Life is short. My investing philosophy — and what I advise my clients on — is to own real estate as passively as possible so that you can spend more time with the people who matter most to you. 

That principle shapes everything that follows. 

What Actually Drives Real Estate Prices 

Two things: a growing population with rising incomes, and a growing economy. They are connected — a strong economy attracts more people, more people compete for the same properties, and prices rise. 

Real estate is also what I call a hard investment. Hard means hard to reproduce. Gold is rising in value for the same reason — you cannot manufacture more of it. Land works the same way. Nobody is creating more of it. That is why I have always preferred land-based properties for myself and my clients over condominiums, where there is essentially unlimited sky to keep building. 

So the question becomes: where are we seeing population growth and rising incomes? Because that is where prices will go. 

Canada: The Data Is Not Good 

Canada’s population declined by approximately 102,000 people in calendar year 2025. That is the first significant quarterly population decline on record since 1946. That is not a blip. 

Economic growth projections for Canada in 2026 were already modest — 1.1 to 1.7 percent — and that was before the Iran war and the latest round of tariff uncertainty. TD Economics and Desjardins have both warned that inflation could climb back to 3 percent or higher due to rising oil prices triggered by the conflict. 

Scotiabank is now predicting three Bank of Canada rate increases in 2026 if the war persists. The five-year Canadian bond yield — which drives five-year fixed mortgage rates — has been climbing since the war began at the end of February. The five-year fixed rate has already moved from approximately 3.79 percent to around 4.09 percent. 

My wife and I saw this coming. We had two mortgage renewals and locked both in — one at 3.75 percent and one at 3.85 percent, both three-year fixed. We still carry variable rate mortgages on other properties, but for the ones we have no plans to sell, locking in made sense. Based on our current variable rate, just two Bank of Canada increases would put us behind on those properties. 

The Canadian Job Market: A Structural Shift 

Canada lost 84,000 jobs in February. That number alone is alarming. But the composition of those losses matters even more than the total. 

The losses are concentrated in full-time, private-sector, white-collar work: 

  • Software jobs: down approximately 18% 
  • Finance and accounting: down approximately 18% 
  • HR and business services: down approximately 13% 

Where is the job growth happening? Retail. Food services. Manual and blue-collar roles. 

This is a structural shift, not a temporary dip. Business investment is weak. The tax and regulatory environment is pushing entrepreneurs to the United States and Europe. Skilled immigrants — the people Canada has spent years attracting — are leaving. We are moving from high-productivity, high-income work toward lower-wage service employment. 

What does this mean for real estate investors? Lower incomes compress housing prices. Fewer people will own. More will rent. For landlords, that stabilizes and eventually raises rents. But it also means we cannot count on appreciation to carry our returns — we need stronger cash flow from day one for an investment to make sense. 

US Midterms: Why Canadian Investors Should Be Paying Attention 

The 2026 US midterm elections are this November. They will determine who controls Congress. And right now, the betting markets — I track Polymarket, not polls — are showing a clear trend: the Republican Party’s odds of holding the Senate have been declining steadily. 

If the Democrats win and Trump’s party loses control of Congress, two things become likely: first, the Democrats would push hard for full tariff exemptions on Canadian goods, though Trump retains presidential veto power. Second, they would likely restrict funding for the Iran war, which could ease oil prices and reduce inflation pressure. 

Reduced tariffs and lower inflation would be a meaningful win for both the US and Canadian economies. Our economy needs all the help it can get. 

Where I Am Putting My Own Money: Texas 

I already have an investment property in Texas. And the more I research, the more convinced I am that this is where the puck is going. 

When the situation in Venezuela escalated and the US moved to restrict Venezuelan oil, I started tracing who benefits from that supply disruption. The answer: Texas Gulf Coast refineries. They are uniquely engineered to process Venezuelan heavy crude. Texas is energy-friendly, it is coastal, and it is positioned to capture more of that supply. 

Then Elon Musk announced a $25 billion TeraFab investment in Texas — one of the largest private investments in the state’s history. The facility will build critical AI and aerospace supply chains domestically for Tesla and SpaceX, both headquartered in Texas. New manufacturing draws feeder companies and material suppliers. The ripple effects across the local economy are significant. 

The direct job creation: approximately 10,000 high-paying positions for AI researchers, semiconductor engineers, lithography specialists, and fab operators. These are exactly the kinds of workers who drive demand for housing. Growing population. Rising incomes. Growing economy. That is the formula. 

“I skate to where the puck is going to be, not where it has been. “ 

Wayne Gretzky

Canada is not producing those conditions right now. Texas is. That is not a political statement — it is a math statement. And I invest accordingly. 

What This Means for Your Portfolio 

None of this means Canadian real estate is over. Land-based properties in solid Ontario markets still have long-term merit and strong rental demand from people who cannot afford to buy. But the easy appreciation years are behind us for now, and the investors still waiting for 2021 to come back are going to keep waiting. 

The investors I see doing well right now are the ones asking the right question: given the environment, how do I build real cash flow, stay as passive as possible, and position for where the economy is actually going? 

That is the conversation I want to be having. If you want to go deeper on any of this — the Texas opportunity, the Canadian macro picture, or building a more passive portfolio — reply to this email or book a call with the iWIN team. My DMs are open. 

Want to stay ahead of what’s happening in real estate and the economy? 

Subscribe free at www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca — get new episodes delivered straight to your inbox. 

Thinking about your next move as a real estate investor? 

Book a free strategy call with the iWIN team: Apply here

Subscribe to The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians — ranked #81 business podcast on iTunes. 

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/canada-is-losing-jobs-and-population-here-is-where-i/id1100488294?i=1000760455746

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/Canada-Is-Losing-Jobs-and-Population–Here-Is-Where-I-Am-Investing-Instead-e3hl9en 

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/32032c6c-219e-45a2-bad0-94e93adbddd9/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-canada-is-losing-jobs-and-population-here-is-where-i-am-investing-instead

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0GWMXM94V?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/2GiABPa9vo8

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Youtube-thumbnails-21.jpg 450 800 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-04-09 13:49:212026-04-09 13:49:25Two Things Drive Real Estate Prices: How is Canada Doing?

Rent-to-Own 1.0 Is Dead. The Woman Who Helped Nearly 1,000 Families Buy Homes Just Replaced It

April 6, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: March 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Guest: Rachel Oliver

Rachel Oliver has been in rent-to-own since 2010. She and her husband Neil have run one of the only dedicated rent-to-own companies in Canada — operating in Ontario and Alberta — and they have helped nearly 1,000 families get into home ownership. 

She has also watched most of her competition disappear. 

The market downturn did not just slow rent-to-own down. It broke the original model entirely. Rachel knows this better than anyone — because she built that model, saw it work spectacularly for years, and then watched it fail when the conditions changed. 

Her conclusion: Rent-to-Own 1.0 is retired. And what replaced it is worth paying attention to. 

Why Rachel Got Into This in the First Place 

Rachel’s entry into real estate investing was not strategic. It was survival. 

She was diagnosed with cancer during her first maternity leave. Already squeezed financially from being on mat leave, the year that followed — running from treatment to treatment, needing childcare for 50 percent of each day — drained the budget her husband had carefully built. His full-time income was not enough. 

What saved them was the equity in their home. A small Ajax house they had bought from Tridel builder. By the time they took occupancy, the value had already climbed from where they signed. That equity let them stay on top of their bills and rebuild. 

“I took that away and realized there are so many families that struggle through their personal setbacks — and if you do not have the stability of home ownership, it is really hard to rebound.” 

That is the mission Rachel and Neil have been on ever since. Not just building wealth — enabling other families to have the same stability she had when she needed it most. 

The Rent-to-Own Model — What It Was 

The original model was straightforward. An investor buys a property. A future homeowner moves in, pays a monthly amount that covers the carrying costs plus a forced savings component called an option credit. At the end of a set term — typically four years — the future owner exits by purchasing the property at a pre-agreed price. 

In a rising market, it worked beautifully. The pre-set exit price, typically based on 4 percent annualized appreciation, was usually below what the property was actually worth by exit. Tenants walked away with equity. Investors collected passive cash flow and a capital gain. Almost nobody had a losing scenario. 

Then the market reversed. 

Why 1.0 Failed 

Two things broke at the same time. First, COVID changed tenant behaviour. The option credit — the forced savings portion stacked on top of rent — is optional in a legal sense. When financial stress hit, tenants stopped paying it. Without enough saved for a down payment, they could not qualify to close. 

Second, valuations stopped cooperating. In roughly 50 percent of markets in 2022 and 2023, properties were appraised below the exit price that had been set years earlier using historical growth rates. Tenants who could afford to close did not want to. They were being asked to pay above market value. 

“Rent-to-Own falls apart when the tenant looks at the exit price and says — you set me up in a deal where I am overpaying for a property.” 

Rachel is not defensive about it. The prices were set with the best intentions and the historical data to back it. The market just did not cooperate. The honest answer is that a model built on a locked-in future price has a structural weakness when appreciation stops. 

She extended deals and, negotiated splits — tenant pays an extra $10,000, investor drops by $10,000. She also found the workarounds. But she also recognized that workarounds are not a business model. 

🎙️ Listen to the full podcast

Rent-to-Own 2.0: What Changed 

The locked-in exit price is gone. That is the core change. 

In Rent-to-Own 2.0, the future owner and investor enter an equity sharing arrangement. The future owner comes in with a 5 percent down payment — on a $630,000 property that is $31,500 of their capital offsetting the investor’s out-of-pocket costs, bringing effective loan-to-value to 85 percent. They pay the carrying costs each month. At exit, the property is appraised at fair market value. Both parties share in the outcome. 

The investor gets the lion’s share because they carry the mortgage and the title. The future owner gets a proportionate share based on how much they brought into the deal. The more capital they commit, the more negotiating power they have on the equity split. 

The deal Rachel walked through on air: a four-bedroom, three-bathroom renovated home in Orangeville, purchased at $630,000 at a 5.34 percent interest rate. Cash flow to the investor after all expenses: $800 per month from day one. 

“Where are you getting double-digit returns with $800 monthly cash flow in a flat market? I will do those deals all day long.” 

If the property stays flat over four years, the investor still earns a double-digit annualized return from cash flow and mortgage pay-down alone. If values climb by 5 percent, that $31,500 initial contribution from the future owner grows to approximately $50,000 — a meaningful outcome for a family that could not otherwise access the market. 

What Makes the Tenant Different 

Rachel’s most compelling argument for rent-to-own as a passive investment strategy is the tenant profile. These are not renters. They are future owners with real money in the deal. 

Out of roughly 75 to 80 live deals during the most turbulent period of COVID, Rachel had one non-payment that dragged to an eight-month eviction process. One. The rest negotiated, adjusted, and stayed invested in their outcome. 

The property maintenance responsibility sits entirely with the future owner. No landlord calls. No repairs billed to the investor. The investor holds title, collects cash flow, and waits for the exit. 

Rachel’s framing: if your goal is passive income with low headache and a tenant who behaves like an owner — this is the structure that gets you there. 

Who This Strategy Is For 

Rachel is clear that rent-to-own in any form is not for everyone. You need to qualify for an investment property mortgage at 20 percent down. You need to be comfortable with a multi-year hold. And you need to stop comparing today’s market to what it looked like five years ago. 

She made this point directly: investors who have never been through the boom years tend to be more optimistic about what today offers. Investors who lived through 2021 are still lamenting what they lost. The ones getting deals done right now are the ones who decided to stop comparing. 

“You cannot have it both ways. You cannot have aggressive appreciation and low prices and low interest rates all at once.” 

Rachel’s own portfolio has declined in net worth on paper. She is not hiding from that. But she is also cash flowing, carrying land-based properties that she can sell when she needs to, and building a business that has now survived 16 years of every kind of market cycle. 

Final Thought 

Rachel closed with a quote that stuck: “Look where the puck is going versus cranking your neck to see where it was before. Even if it seems like the puck is not going in the right direction — eventually you will score a goal.” 

The families still waiting on the sideline for the market they remember are waiting for something that is not coming back. The ones getting into homes today — through Rent-to-Own 2.0 or otherwise — are building equity while everyone else waits. 

Thinking about your next move as a real estate investor? 

Book a free strategy call with the iWIN team: Apply here

Subscribe to The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians — ranked #81 business podcast on iTunes. 

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/rent-to-own-1-0-is-dead-here-is-what-replaced-it/id1100488294?i=1000759766412

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/Rent-to-Own-1-0-Is-Dead–Here-Is-What-Replaced-It-e3hgaat 

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/6aba9d28-d87a-4286-9d79-c0112a7dbd8a/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-rent-to-own-1-0-is-dead-here-is-what-replaced-it

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0GW8JNWDG?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/T4BPVqWzREI

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Youtube-thumbnails-20-1.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-04-06 18:34:102026-04-06 18:34:13Rent-to-Own 1.0 Is Dead. The Woman Who Helped Nearly 1,000 Families Buy Homes Just Replaced It

The Dark Side of Scaling Real Estate: Avoiding the Tenant Trap, Surviving Market Crashes, and Knowing When to Fold ‘Em 

March 25, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: March 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Guest: Russell Westcott

I often joke that it’s pretty funny I’m an Ontario Realtor who actively tells people not to buy investment properties here. But anyone who has followed me or Cherry knows we only care about the math and keeping things boring. We want cash flow, and we want to actually enjoy our lives without the Landlord and Tenant Board giving us early gray hairs. 

This week on the show, we have an absolute legend and a good friend, Russell Westcott. Russell is the bestselling co-author of Real Estate Joint Ventures, a veteran with over 26 years in the game, and one of the very few coaches in Canada I actually recommend. 

Russell has survived multiple market cycles, but recently, he survived something much scarier. We get raw and real in this episode about market corrections, the “B-word” (bankruptcy), and why he has pivoted entirely to developing multi-family properties in Edmonton. 

Here is what you need to know to protect yourself in 2026. 

The Physical Cost of Real Estate Stress 

Before we discussed the market, Russell shared a terrifying wake-up call. He started experiencing severe calf pain and shortness of breath, which he initially tried to just “tough out”. Thankfully, his wife forced him to go to urgent care, where they discovered he had blood clots in his lungs—a pulmonary embolism. 

It is a stark reminder: the stress of carrying heavy debt and dealing with tenant issues can take a massive physical toll. No amount of portfolio scale is worth dying for. If your investments are destroying your peace of mind and physical health, it is time to re-evaluate your strategy. 

The Survival Spectrum: Pruning vs. Bankruptcy 

If you are currently bleeding cash every month, Russell lays out a survival spectrum. 

On one end, you can hunker down, tighten your belt, drastically cut your expenses, and work a separate job just to put groceries on the table while you ride out the market for the next decade. 

On the other end of the spectrum, sometimes you simply need to rip the plaster off and consider declaring corporate or personal bankruptcy. There is a lot of social judgment around bankruptcy, but if market conditions have drastically changed and you are drowning, it is a legal business tool to wipe the slate clean and start over. 

For most people, the solution lies somewhere in the middle: pruning your portfolio. Russell recommends ruthlessly ranking your properties into the “good, the bad, and the ugly”. Sometimes, you have to make the painful decision to sell a good, liquid property just to free up the capital necessary to dump the ugly ones that are dragging you down. 

The Pre-Con Market: The Python and the Pig 

If you are looking at the condo markets in BC or Ontario right now, be warned. Russell compares the current pre-construction condo crisis to a “python devouring a pig”. 

Investors bought boxes in the sky for $1.2 million, banking on short-term rentals to make the numbers work. Then, municipalities pulled the rug out and banned short-term rentals, forcing investors to rent them out long-term for $4,500 a month, leaving them massively cash-flow negative. The market python has to slowly digest all of this overpriced inventory before things stabilize. 

The Edmonton Comeback and the “Lazy” Investor 

Russell isn’t out of the game; he just pivoted to where the fundamentals make sense. He is currently executing a “hybrid model” in Edmonton, Alberta, building 6-to-25 unit infill developments. He finds the land, underwrites the deal, and raises the capital, but he partners with a 4th-generation home builder on a cost-plus basis to handle the physical construction. This keeps him lean and protects him from the liability of managing trades directly. 

But what if you don’t want to develop? What is left for the everyday, “lazy” investor who works a 9-to-5? Russell outlines three passive options: 

  1. The Joint Venture: Find an operator you trust with a proven track record, provide the capital, and let them do the heavy lifting. 
  1. Hire a “Sherpa”: Pay a consultant to guide you through a development build, then hand the keys to a property manager. 
  1. The Boring Play: Buy a simple side-by-side duplex or townhouse in a landlord-friendly market, hand it to a competent property manager, and just review your statements once a month. 
🎙️ Listen to the full episode to hear the rest of our conversation

To connect with Russell or inquire about his consulting services, visit [russellwestcott.com]. 

10 Questions Answered on Real Estate Market Downturns, Bankruptcy, and Passive Investing 

1. What happens if my investment properties are losing money every month? 

Investors have a spectrum of choices. You can “hunker down” by drastically cutting your personal expenses and working a day job to subsidize the negative cash flow. Alternatively, you can restructure, sell performing assets to cover the losses of bad ones, or even consider bankruptcy to wipe the slate clean and start over. 

2. Is declaring bankruptcy an option for real estate investors? 

Yes. While there is a lot of social judgment surrounding it, bankruptcy is a legal business tool. If market conditions have changed drastically and the debt burden is unmanageable, filing for corporate or personal bankruptcy might be the most logical way to stop the bleeding and restart your financial life. 

3. How do you decide which investment properties to sell in a bad market? 

Russell Westcott recommends categorising your entire portfolio into the “good, the bad, and the ugly.” Sometimes, you must sell a “good,” highly liquid property to free up the cash required to cover the losses of the “ugly” properties, allowing you to prune your portfolio and survive the downturn. 

4. What is the “Python and the Pig” analogy in the real estate market? 

Russell uses the analogy of a “python devouring a pig” to describe the current pre-construction condo market. A massive amount of overpriced inventory (the pig) was swallowed by the market, and it will take a long time for the system to fully digest it before prices and demand can stabilize. 

5. Why are pre-construction condo investors losing money? 

Many investors purchased expensive condos (e.g., $1.2 million) with the intention of operating them as highly lucrative short-term rentals. However, massive regulatory changes banned short-term rentals in many areas, forcing investors to rent them out long-term at rates that do not cover their massive mortgages. 

6. How does stress from real estate investing affect your health? 

The stress of scaling a portfolio, managing bad debt, and dealing with negative cash flow can take a severe physical toll. Russell Westcott experienced a major health scare with blood clots in his lungs (a pulmonary embolism), emphasizing that no amount of real estate wealth matters if you ignore your physical health to build it. 

7. What is a “0%-down real estate” alternative for passive investors? 

Many investors are moving toward properly leveraged stock market investments (like segregated or index funds). This mimics the leverage used in real estate investing, where returns can exceed the cost of borrowing (e.g., a 5.2% tax-deductible interest rate), but it completely eliminates the operational headaches of tenants, toilets, and appliance repairs. 

8. What is the “hybrid model” for real estate development? 

Instead of hiring trades and managing construction directly, the hybrid model involves the investor finding the land, underwriting the business case, and raising the capital. They then partner with an established, multi-generational local home builder on a “cost-plus” basis to physically construct the building, significantly reducing the investor’s operational risk. 

9. What does a “Sherpa” do in real estate investing? 

A real estate “Sherpa” acts as a consultant and guide for passive investors who want to execute complex projects, like small-tier multi-family developments. They help you structure the deal and build the asset, which you can then hand over to a property manager to operate. 

10. What is the best strategy for a passive or “lazy” real estate investor today? 

If you do not want to develop or manage properties, the ultimate passive strategy is to buy a simple side-by-side duplex or a townhouse in a landlord-friendly market, hand the keys to a highly trusted property manager, and simply review your statements once a month. 

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/best-selling-rei-author-about-lows-of-near/id1100488294?i=1000757263915

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/Best-Selling-REI-Author-About-Lows-Of-Near-Bankruptcy-and-Recovery-to-Leading-Developer-e3gmrkj 

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/ccaf1515-6382-4aee-8eff-984a7500ff41/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-best-selling-rei-author-about-lows-of-near-bankruptcy-and-recovery-to-leading-developer

YouTube: https://youtu.be/T4BPVqWzREI

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Youtube-thumbnails-19-1.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-03-25 16:52:232026-03-25 16:52:26The Dark Side of Scaling Real Estate: Avoiding the Tenant Trap, Surviving Market Crashes, and Knowing When to Fold ‘Em 

The Toronto Build Strategy That Skips Development Charges — and Most Investors Still Don’t Know About It 

March 18, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: March 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Guest: Andy Tran

Andy Tran has been building things in Ontario for over a decade. He’s done basement conversions, garden suites, a 60-unit student residence in Hamilton he eventually sold, and everything in between. 

His conclusion after all of it: you don’t have to build big to do well. In fact, in 2026, the most powerful move available to Ontario investors might be the smallest one on the scale — the 4+1 or 6+1 unit build in Toronto. 

Andy calls it the sweet spot. Here’s why it works. 

The Problem With the Market Right Now 

New home sales in January 2026 hit their lowest level in roughly 30 years — around 270 sales. Housing starts are a lagging indicator, but the pipeline is nearly empty. Traditional builders aren’t moving because development charges make the numbers impossible. 

The result: a supply crunch is quietly building. Rents are soft now, but the math on what’s coming — especially in three to four years — is hard to argue with. 

“When you look at the last 25 years with real estate going up 7%, that’s in lockstep with money supply. It’s not going to be a straight line, but at some point it will pick back up.” 

The question isn’t whether to invest. It’s what to build, and where. 

Why 4+1 and 6+1 Are the Sweet Spot 

Ontario’s missing middle zoning changes opened the door to multi-unit builds on single-family lots — but not all unit counts are equal. Andy’s sweet spot is the 4+1 (four units plus a garden suite) and the 6+1 (six units plus one). 

The reason comes down to three advantages that stack on top of each other: 

  • No development charges. Six-plus units are exempt from development charges — the single biggest cost that makes traditional development unworkable right now. 
  • As-of-right construction. These builds qualify as-of-right, meaning no special city approvals, variances, or committee hearings. 
  • Commercial financing. Five or more units opens access to MLI Select — CMHC’s commercial financing program with highly favorable terms. 

Ten-unit builds get the site plan approval exemption but lose the development charge exemption. For most mom-and-pop investors, Andy says four-plus-one or six-plus-one is the better trade-off. 

Why Toronto Specifically 

Andy makes the case for Toronto over Hamilton, Oshawa, or other secondary markets that many Ontario investors have used for the past decade. 

Toronto eliminated its floor space index (FSI), meaning you can build larger structures with minimal setbacks — reducing per-square-foot cost. The tenant profile is stronger: professional, higher income, lower conflict. And the city, despite all its bureaucratic quirks, is actively leading the missing middle push. 

The most compelling angle is for immigrant families. Andy’s strategy targets three-bedroom units near high-ranking schools in Etobicoke, Scarborough, and East York — exactly the product that isn’t being built anywhere else. 

“If you’re building three-bedroom units near a good elementary, middle, and high school — how valuable is that to an immigrant family that wants to settle and own?” 

An investor could build a six-unit building, condominiumize it, and sell individual units to families who want ownership but can’t afford a $1.2M townhouse. The Mortimer project in Toronto did exactly this, with units selling at $1M+ each in 2023. 

Who This Strategy Is For 

Andy breaks the investor pool into two groups: 

Equity builders — younger investors growing their net worth who are better off buying existing tenanted duplexes in secondary markets and accumulating. Don’t build — buy. 

Cashflow seekers — investors in their 50s and 60s who have equity, don’t want to sell in a down market, but want income. They have a big backyard or a property that can support a build. For them, adding a $300K garden suite to get $3,000/month in rent makes complete sense. 

The key is knowing which avatar you are before you act. 

How Passive Can This Be? 

Very — if you build the right team. 

Andy’s firm, Suite Additions, handles design and permitting. You find the property (or a realtor who understands missing middle), hire a Tarion-registered builder, and find a lender familiar with MLI Select. Andy’s office navigates the city so you don’t have to. 

“We take the beating from the city so you don’t have to.” 

For investors who want to go even more passive, there are GP/LP joint ventures and REITs now entering the missing middle space. The more hands-off, the lower the return — but the optionality exists. 

Andy also recommends downloading the Ontario Missing Middle Toolkit — a free 30-page guide his team built from scratch covering contractors, planners, financing, and city processes. Available at suiteadditions.com. https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/Build-6-Units-in-Toronto-and-Pay-Zero-Development-Charges-e3gke47/a-acho5ab

🎧Listen to the full episode here

10 Questions Answered on Missing Middle Real Estate and Development in 2026 

1. What is the “sweet spot” for real estate development in Toronto? 

Andy Tran defines the “sweet spot” as building 4+1 or 6+1 units (four or six primary units plus a garden suite).These configurations are permitted “as of right” and are completely exempt from massive development charges. 

2. Why should investors avoid building 10-unit properties in Toronto? 

While 10-unit builds are exempt from lengthy site plan approvals, they lose the crucial development charge exemption. For small-to-medium investors, paying development charges on 10 units destroys the profitability of the project. 

3. Why is Toronto a better market for multi-unit builds than secondary cities? 

Toronto eliminated its floor space index (FSI), allowing developers to build larger structures with minimal setbacks. Additionally, the tenant profile in Toronto is typically stronger, professional, and lower-conflict compared to secondary markets. 

4. What type of housing is in the highest demand for new immigrant families? 

Immigrant families want ownership and space. They are looking for three-bedroom units near high-ranking schools in areas like Scarborough and East York. Because condo developers generally do not build three-bedroom suites, there is a massive supply gap. 

5. Can you sever and sell individual units in a 6+1 multiplex? 

Yes. Investors can build a six-unit building and “condominiumize” it—creating separate legal titles for each unit. These units can then be sold individually for $700,000 to $1,000,000 to families who cannot afford a traditional townhouse. 

6. Should young investors build garden suites to grow their equity? 

According to Andy, younger “equity builders” are usually better off buying existing, tenanted duplexes in secondary markets to accumulate wealth, rather than taking on the high capital costs and risks of new construction. 

7. Who benefits the most from adding a garden suite in 2026? 

“Cashflow seekers”—typically investors in their 50s and 60s who already have significant equity in their properties. They can invest approximately $300,000 to build a garden suite that yields $3,000 a month in steady rental incom. 

8. What is CMHC MLI Select financing, and is it hard to get? 

MLI Select offers highly favourable commercial financing with amortizations up to 45 or 50 years. However, CMHC is increasingly favouring new construction over conversions, and making it much harder to qualify unless strict accessibility and energy efficiency targets are met. 

9. Do you need to deal with the city to build a multiplex or garden suite? 

No. Investors can hire architectural design firms like Suite Additions to handle all the design, permitting, and municipal bureaucracy. They navigate the red tape and hand you a permit ready for a Tarion builder. 

10. How much capital is required to build a tear-down multiplex in Toronto? 

For a project that involves tearing down an old property and building a new multiplex with a garden suite, investors should expect capital requirements to range between $800,000 and $1.5 million. 

🎧Listen to the full episode here

Thinking about your next move as a real estate investor? 

Book a free strategy call with the iWIN team. Apply here.

Connect with Andy 

Andy Tran is the founder of Suite Additions, an architectural design firm specializing in missing middle housing across Ontario. 

Website: suiteadditions.com — including the free Ontario Missing Middle Toolkit 

YouTube: suiteadditions 

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/build-6-units-in-toronto-and-pay-zero-development-charges/id1100488294?i=1000755965117

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/Build-6-Units-in-Toronto-and-Pay-Zero-Development-Charges-e3gke47 

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/cab94d83-557e-4615-a080-5605b05c8c40/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-build-6-units-in-toronto-and-pay-zero-development-charges

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0GSZYL4QT?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/gZw7xMmxqrI

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Youtube-thumbnails-18.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-03-18 15:02:302026-03-18 15:02:41The Toronto Build Strategy That Skips Development Charges — and Most Investors Still Don’t Know About It 

From Zero to Full-Time Trader: How Anderson Carter-Griffith Built the Skill, Then Built the Wealth 

March 13, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: March 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Guest: Anderson Carter-Griffith

Anderson Carter-Griffith had never bought a stock when he arrived in Canada. 

He came over from Barbados on a hotel recruitment program—one of 100 selected from thousands who showed up for the chance. He worked hospitality, went to culinary school, ran a catering business out of Scotiabank Arena, and eventually started delivering DoorDash on the side.

The DoorDash gig was not an accident. It was a strategy.

Today, Anderson gets paid full-time to trade. He manages a professional trading desk, coaches everyday investors on options strategies, and parks his market gains into a family real estate portfolio in Barbados—which is why he is a guest on a real estate show. But the story worth telling is the trading journey. Because it started from nothing, and it followed a path almost anyone can take.

The Rule That Changed Everything: Never Trade Your Own Income

When Anderson decided to learn trading seriously, he made one non-negotiable rule for himself: the money going into his brokerage account could not be money he needed to live.

So he delivered DoorDash—every day, winter and summer—and used only those earnings to fund his trading account.

“I recommend you come to trading with what I call disposable income. It’s crazy to me that people use their rent money.”

That discipline kept him in the game long enough to actually learn it. Most people who blow up their trading accounts do so because a losing trade isn’t just a financial loss—it’s a crisis. When the money you are trading is money you can afford to lose, you make clearer decisions.

It’s the same principle veteran investors apply to leveraged investing: you don’t use capital you cannot afford to work with. The position size has to let you sleep at night.

🎧Listen to the full podcast

Step 1: ETFs First. Always.

Anderson didn’t start by picking stocks. He started with ETFs—broad, diversified funds that track entire sectors.

The reason is simple: ETFs teach you how sectors move without the noise of individual company risk. And once you understand that, you can lift the hood.

“I started with ETFs. Then I dug deeper under the hood, looked at the top 10 holdings, and as my capital and experience grew, I started picking up those individual companies.”

Today his long-term portfolio reflects that progression:

  • 40% Tech: Apple, Microsoft, Tesla, Nvidia, Palantir
  • 60% Diversified: Johnson & Johnson, Eli Lilly, UnitedHealth, Enbridge, TD, Royal Bank

He also uses “covered calls” on top of those holdings—a strategy that generates income from stocks you already own, effectively turning any position into a dividend-paying asset. For investors who want their money working without constant attention, this is worth understanding.

Step 2: Swing Trading — Investing That Fits Around a Job

Before Anderson was trading full-time, he was swing trading on his phone in thirty-minute windows—before work and at market close.

A swing trade is a position held anywhere from overnight to a few months. It is slower, less stressful, and far more appropriate for someone who still has a job, a family, and a life.

“If you sit and watch charts every minute and you’re not trained for it, your emotional and mental bandwidth is toast in about half an hour.”

This is where Anderson started coaching others. His company, The Trader Desk, teaches six core options strategies built around this model: put on a trade in the morning, check your phone mid-day, and let it run. No screen-watching. No emotional rollercoaster.

The first strategy he teaches is option spreads—not naked puts. The distinction matters. With an option spread, you know exactly how much you can lose before you enter the trade. Your downside is defined. For someone trading with genuinely disposable income, that structure makes the learning process feel manageable instead of terrifying.

The goal he sets for new students: replace one day’s income per month from trading. Not quit your job. Not get rich fast. One day. Then build from there.

Step 3: Professional Trading — Getting Paid to Trade Someone Else’s Capital

The final stage in Anderson’s journey was joining a trading firm as a professional—meaning the firm provides the capital, Anderson trades it, and he earns a percentage of the returns.

He now trades during New York Stock Exchange hours (9:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.) from a seven-monitor setup, and also trades futures in the early morning when the London and New York sessions overlap—a window he calls “the switch-on,” when institutional money floods the market and volatility spikes.

The firm’s rule: be “flat” by the end of every day. No overnight positions. It is a discipline that eliminates the risk of waking up to a tweet or a headline that has moved the market against you while you slept.

“I had to go to work for a week in Barbados to make what I can make in a couple of hours here. Once I got a taste of it, I couldn’t believe people made money like this.”

Where the Money Goes: The Real Estate Connection

Anderson’s philosophy on trading profits is simple: get the fast-paced money out of the market as quickly as possible and park it somewhere safe and boring.

For him, that means real estate. His family owns eight buildings—16 apartments—in Barbados. It is a mix of long-term tenants and short-term Airbnb units (where rates run $300 to $1,000 USD/night depending on unit size). A property manager handles operations, and Anderson doesn’t touch it.

It’s the same logic successful business owners use: fast income funds patient assets. Trading cash flow—like employment income—gets deployed into stable real estate, a dividend portfolio, or insurance products that compound over decades.

The vehicle is less important than the principle: active income should be building passive assets, not just paying for lifestyle.

10 Questions Answered on Trading, Options, and Building Wealth

1. What is the safest way for a beginner to start trading?

Anderson recommends starting with ETFs (Exchange-Traded Funds) rather than trying to pick individual stocks. By looking “under the hood” of ETFs, beginners can learn how different sectors move without the high risk of single-company exposure.

2. What is the biggest mistake new traders make?

Trading their rent or grocery money. Anderson built his initial trading account by delivering for DoorDash every single day. Using strictly disposable income removes the emotional panic of losing essential funds, which is when most new traders blow up their accounts.

3. What is “swing trading” and is it good for people with 9-to-5 jobs?

Swing trading involves holding a trade anywhere from overnight to several months. Anderson highly recommends this for people with full-time jobs because it doesn’t require watching the screen all day—you can simply check your positions for 30 minutes in the morning and 30 minutes at the close.

4. Why do professional day traders close all their positions by the end of the day?

Professional prop traders are required to be “flat” (holding zero positions) at the end of the day to eliminate overnight risk. This ensures they don’t wake up to massive losses caused by unexpected after-hours news, geopolitical events, or sudden market shifts.

5. Why are “option spreads” safer than selling “naked puts”?

While some strategies teach selling naked puts, Anderson warns against this because it requires massive upfront capital and exposes you to assignment risk if the trade goes against you. Option spreads, on the other hand, have a strictly defined, limited downside risk so you know exactly what your maximum loss is before entering the trade.

6. Can you turn a non-dividend stock into a cash-flowing asset?

Yes. Anderson uses an options strategy called “covered calls” to generate income on regular stocks he holds in his long-term portfolio. This effectively turns any standard stock into a dividend-producing asset.

7. How much money do you need to start trading options?

You can realistically start trading with as little as $1,000. The mechanics and core strategies of options trading are exactly the same whether you are trading a $1,000 account or a $10 million account; it simply becomes a matter of scaling the number of contracts you buy.

8. What is the “crossover” in the stock market?

The crossover is a highly volatile, volume-heavy period around 8:00 AM to 9:30 AM EST when the London trading session overlaps with the pre-market New York session. This is when institutional money (the “whales” and hedge funds) flood the market, creating prime opportunities for professional traders.

9. What should day traders do with their market profits?

Anderson’s core philosophy is to pull fast-paced money out of the market as quickly as possible and park it in safe, boring assets. He moves his trading gains into a stable dividend portfolio and hard real estate to preserve his wealth.

10. How does trading income complement real estate investing?

Trading is active income, while real estate is a patient, long-term asset. Anderson uses his active trading profits to expand and support his family’s real estate portfolio of 16 long-term and short-term rental apartments in Barbados, creating a diversified, multi-generational wealth engine.

🎧Listen to the full podcast

Connect with Anderson 

Anderson offers one-on-one coaching through The Trader Desk. Sessions are tailored to your pace and your level — whether you’re starting with $1,000 or $100,000, the strategies are the same. 

Email: thetraderdesk@outlook.com — include your name and phone number and he’ll get back to you. 

F

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/he-funded-his-trading-with-doordash-now-hes/id1100488294?i=1000755092186

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/He-Funded-His-Trading-With-DoorDash–Now-Hes-a-Professional-Trader-e3gclq0 

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/eee14026-efb7-4573-9c31-860d65ad9bcf/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-he-funded-his-trading-with-doordash-now-he%27s-a-professional-trader

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0GSGWXJQZ?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/hsvpNLnabHg

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Youtube-thumbnails-17.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-03-13 13:52:012026-03-13 13:52:05From Zero to Full-Time Trader: How Anderson Carter-Griffith Built the Skill, Then Built the Wealth 

How Canadians Can Win in U.S. Real Estate in 2026 (Without Betting on Appreciation) 

March 5, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: March 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Guest: Glen Sutherland

For the last few years, many investors looked like geniuses simply by buying properties and riding the wave of massive market appreciation. But as the market shifts in 2026, the days of banking on property values going up 10% to 20% every single year to save a bad deal are over. 

If your U.S. real estate investment only works because you are counting on appreciation, you are gambling, not investing. 

This week on The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians, I sit down with Glen Sutherland, a full-time real estate investor, educator, and host of the Canadian Investing in the U.S. podcast. 

For nearly a decade, Glen has helped Canadians break into U.S. real estate. From distressed single-family homes to large multifamily projects, Glen has built scalable systems that allow him to invest entirely remotely. In fact, he rarely even visits his properties in person! 

Here is how Glen is successfully navigating the 2026 market and how Canadians can legally and profitably invest south of the border. 

4 Key Takeaways from This Episode: 

1. Appreciation Is a Bonus, Not a Strategy 

Markets move in cycles. While some markets are currently showing signs of recovery and improving rent rates, relying on future appreciation in your deal analysis is a highly risky play right now. Instead, Glen focuses on markets where the numbers make sense from day one, driven by strong employment and high-paying jobs, like the aerospace and tech industries moving into Huntsville, Alabama. 

2. Force the Appreciation 

If you want to mitigate risk, you need to force the value of the property yourself. Glen’s core strategy involves buying highly distressed properties—the kind of properties that banks and realtors won’t even touch—renovating them, and then refinancing or flipping them. By doing the heavy lifting upfront, you manufacture your own equity. 

3. Remote Investing Requires Ruthless Systems 

You don’t need to cross the border to be a successful U.S. investor, but you do need bulletproof systems. Glen operates his entire business from Canada using detailed Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs), virtual assistants, and strict checklists. His biggest piece of advice? Redundancy. Always have two property managers and multiple contractors available in any city you invest in, because life happens, and you don’t want to be left stranded when a team member leaves. 

4. The Power of “Subject-To” Investing 

The U.S. offers creative deal structures that are simply unavailable or highly restricted in Canada. One of Glen’s favorite strategies is “Subject-To” (Sub2) investing, where you take over an American’s existing mortgage, allowing you to secure incredibly cheap, locked-in interest rates while taking over the deed to the property. 

If you are a Canadian investor looking to escape low yields and difficult tenancy laws by diversifying into the U.S. market, you need to hear this episode. 

🎧Listen to the full podcast

You can learn more about Glen Sutherland and his coaching program at www.canadianinvestingintheusa.com. 

10 Real Estate Questions Answered in This Episode 

1. Is appreciation a reliable real estate investing strategy in 2026? 

No. Glen warns that if you need appreciation to make your deal numbers work, it is far too risky in today’s market. Appreciation should always be treated as a bonus, not a requirement. 

2. What is forced appreciation in real estate investing? 

Forced appreciation means proactively increasing a property’s value rather than waiting for the market to go up. Glen does this by purchasing heavily distressed properties at a massive discount, fully renovating them, and then refinancing based on the new, higher value. 

3. Can Canadians invest in U.S. real estate without visiting the properties? 

Absolutely. Glen often goes through the entire purchase, renovation, and sale process without ever physically stepping foot on the property. This is achieved by building a strong local team of property managers and contractors, and managing them through strict checklists and systems. 

4. What is a “Subject-To” (Sub2) real estate deal? 

Subject-To investing is a creative financing strategy popular in the U.S. where an investor takes over the deed of a property while leaving the seller’s original mortgage in place. This allows the investor to capitalize on the seller’s extremely low, previously locked-in interest rate. 

5. Why is redundancy important in remote real estate investing? 

In real estate, you are highly dependent on people (contractors, property managers, etc.). If your sole contractor quits or goes out of business, your project stalls. Glen recommends building redundancy—having backup property managers and multiple contractors—in every market you invest in to protect your business. 

6. Do you need a U.S. Social Security Number or Visa to invest in the U.S.? 

No. While having an E2 Visa, a U.S. driver’s license, or an SSN can be helpful for certain types of U.S. bank lending or tax structures, you do not strictly need any of them to begin investing and buying property in the United States. 

7. Why do some investors prefer large multifamily buildings over single-family homes? 

Multifamily buildings offer powerful economies of scale. Instead of dealing with multiple property managers across scattered single-family homes, you can manage 100 units under one roof, standardize all the paint and materials, and dramatically increase the building’s value simply by raising rents slightly across the board. 

8. What is the biggest challenge of investing in large multifamily properties? 

The speed of money. While large multifamily deals can generate significant long-term wealth, the operators are typically paid last in the capital stack. Single-family homes allow for a much faster turnaround of your capital (e.g., 3 to 6 months) to generate quick income. 

9. How do virtual assistants (VAs) help real estate investors? 

VAs can manage repeatable tasks such as bookkeeping, uploading podcasts, or running deal analysis spreadsheets based on standard operating procedures (SOPs). This frees up the investor’s time to focus on high-level strategy and acquisitions. 

10. What is the biggest regret of aspiring real estate investors? 

According to Glen, the biggest regret new students have is that they waited too long to start. Many realize they could have quit their jobs years ago if they had just taken action earlier instead of sitting on the sidelines. 

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/how-canadians-can-win-in-u-s-real-estate-in-2026-without/id1100488294?i=1000753354383

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/How-Canadians-Can-Win-in-U-S–Real-Estate-in-2026-Without-Betting-on-Appreciation-e3fu2lc 

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/4636ffa0-a58c-40ed-a1ac-b5855504419e/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-how-canadians-can-win-in-u-s-real-estate-in-2026-without-betting-on-appreciat

YouTube: https://youtu.be/KEjIDSWjmEY

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Youtube-thumbnails-16-1-1.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-03-05 19:29:412026-03-05 19:34:42How Canadians Can Win in U.S. Real Estate in 2026 (Without Betting on Appreciation) 

70 Properties, Private Money, and a Mental Breakdown: The Truth About Scaling Real Estate 

March 2, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: February 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Guest: Rosna Arora

It is the dream sold on every real estate stage: scale fast, use private money, and build a massive empire. 

But what happens when the market stops cooperating? What happens when the music stops and you are dangerously over-leveraged? 

This week on The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians, I sit down with my friend Rasna Arora. Rasna built an incredible $50 million real estate portfolio consisting of 70 properties. She came from the same real estate investment network I did (led by Don Campbell), hired one of the most expensive coaches in Canada, and even became a coach herself at Blackheart University. 

But her aggressive scaling relied heavily on private, hard money loans. 

The Perfect Storm 

When COVID hit, the dominoes started to fall. Renovations stalled, material and labor costs skyrocketed, and refinances completely froze. Meanwhile, the renewal fees on her private loans began stacking up. 

In the middle of this crisis, Rasna’s mortgage advisor told her to just borrow more hard money loans to survive. (Food for thought: that same mortgage professional, Claire Drege, is now personally and professionally bankrupt and has been handed a lifetime ban from the mortgage and securities industries). 

Rasna received terrible advice from a professional she trusted. But instead of digging a deeper hole and trapping more private lenders, she made a different choice—one that ultimately cost her everything. 

A Lesson in Integrity and Leverage I will warn you right now: there is no fairytale ending to this episode. 

This is not a show about Lamborghinis and hype; this is an honest, raw conversation about the dark side of real estate investing. It is a masterclass in integrity, morals, and ethics, and a deep dive into the severe mental health breakdown that can happen when scaling with over-leverage goes wrong. 

3 Key Takeaways from This Episode: 

  • The Danger of Hard Money: Private money is a tool, but when it is used excessively to scale without proper cash flow or viable exit strategies, it becomes a trap. 
  • The Mental Toll: Real estate is a business with real consequences. Carrying a $50M over-leveraged portfolio while facing a market freeze takes a massive toll on your mental health. 
  • Cash Flow over Ego: I live by the quote from Winston Churchill: “Those who fail to learn from history are doomed to repeat it”. During the 2007-2008 financial crisis, leverage is what killed developers. This is exactly why I have always focused on “boring,” positive cash flow when discussing investments. 

If you invest in real estate—and especially if you use private hard money loans—you need to hear this episode. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

Disclaimer: This story is shared for educational purposes. I am not an accountant or a financial advisor. Please seek qualified professional advice for your specific situation. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

10 Real Estate, Leverage, and Hard Money Questions Answered in This Episode 

1. What is “hard money” in real estate investing? 

Veteran real estate investors use the term “hard money loans” to refer to private money borrowing. While private money can help investors scale a portfolio quickly, it becomes incredibly dangerous if the market shifts or projects stall. 

2. What are the risks of using private money to scale a portfolio? 

If market conditions change, you can get trapped. In Rasna’s case, when refinances froze and renovations stalled, the renewal fees on her private loans aggressively stacked up, leaving her dangerously over-leveraged. 

3. How did the COVID-19 pandemic impact real estate renovation projects? 

The pandemic created a perfect storm for active investors doing the BRRRR strategy by causing renovations to stall, material and labor prices to skyrocket, and refinancing options to completely freeze. 

4. What is the mental health impact of an over-leveraged real estate business? 

Holding a massive portfolio of 70 properties during a market freeze takes an immense mental toll, often leading to severe stress and mental health breakdowns. Real estate has a human cost when scaling goes wrong. 

5. Can mortgage professionals be punished for giving harmful advice? 

Yes. Erwin notes that Rasna’s former mortgage advisor, Claire Drege, faced severe consequences for her actions, including personal and professional bankruptcy, as well as a lifetime ban from the mortgage and securities industries. 

6. Should you borrow more hard money to cover existing debt? 

Generally, no. Rasna was advised by a trusted professional to take out more hard money loans just to survive her cash crunch, which is a dangerous strategy that often digs a deeper hole instead of solving the fundamental cash flow issue. 

7. Does hiring an expensive real estate coach guarantee success? 

No. Rasna came from a top real estate investment network, hired one of the most expensive coaches in Canada, and was even a coach herself at Blackheart University. Her story proves that even highly educated investors can lose everything if they rely on dangerous levels of leverage. 

8. Why do veteran investors prefer “boring” positive cash flow? 

History shows that high leverage is what kills developers and investors, as seen during the 2007-2008 financial crisis. Focusing on boring, positive cash flow ensures the investment is sustainable during market downturns. 

9. What historical lesson applies to today’s over-leveraged real estate market? 

Erwin quotes Winston Churchill: “Those who fail to learn from history are doomed to repeat it”. Investors must remember that excessive leverage is historically responsible for massive portfolio collapses. 

10. How can investors maintain a healthy work-life balance? 

Real estate investing should not become a stressful “second job” of managing tenants, toilets, and renovations that takes you away from your family. Investors should seek strategies that build wealth without sacrificing their nights, weekends, and peace of mind. 

Want to learn how to build wealth without the sleepless nights? 

We are big proponents of work-life balance and building wealth without sacrificing your weekends or taking on a “second job” of managing tenants and toilets. 

Join 10,000+ Canadian real estate investors who are already on my free newsletter to learn the latest and greatest strategies in the market. Go to www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca and drop your email on the right-hand side to get on the list. 


To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/70-properties-private-money-mental-breakdown-the/id1100488294?i=1000752564013

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/70-Properties–Private-Money–Mental-Breakdown–The-Truth-About-Scaling-Real-Estate-e3fnaf7 

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/bab0622f-7bcf-4ae7-a209-51a409227821/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-70-properties-private-money-mental-breakdon-the-truth-about-scaling-real-estate

YouTube: https://youtu.be/C58ugy__iKA

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Youtube-thumbnails-15.jpg 450 800 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-03-02 17:16:242026-03-02 17:16:2770 Properties, Private Money, and a Mental Breakdown: The Truth About Scaling Real Estate 

How a $14 Million Portfolio Evaporated: The Adam Kitchener Story

February 11, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: February 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Guest: Adam Kitchener

Folks, welcome back to the show. 

It is every real estate investor’s nightmare. You follow the rules, use the BRRRR strategy. Build a portfolio worth over $14 million. And eventually, you achieve what looks like financial freedom. 

And then, while you are on vacation in Thailand, your debit card stops working. 

You call the bank, and they tell you: The CRA has frozen everything. 

This week on The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians, I sat down with Adam Kitchener. If you’ve been around the Hamilton/Ontario investing scene, you likely know Adam. He started investing in 2016, built a massive portfolio, and ran a property management company. 

But for the last three years, Adam has been fighting a war with the CRA that cost him almost everything. 

The Audit That Spiraled 

Adam shares the harrowing details of how a routine audit turned into a financial death spiral. It wasn’t about fraud or tax evasion. It started with simple misunderstandings, auditors asking why he didn’t charge HST on residential rent (you don’t) or asking if he had a cash register for his rental business. 

Despite having meticulous records, the CRA froze his personal accounts. Because he had personally guaranteed his mortgages (a common practice for investors scaling up), the banks saw the CRA judgment and pulled his funding. 

The “Asset Rich” Trap We talk a lot about being “Asset Rich, Cash Poor.” Adam’s story is the extreme version of this. He had millions in equity, but when the CRA froze his liquidity, he couldn’t service the debt or pay his contractors. 

He was forced to surrender properties to the bank to avoid further legal battles. He went from managing a $14M portfolio to working three jobs just to pay back his contractors, because Adam is a man of integrity who refused to let his tradespeople suffer for his tax battle. 

The Mental Toll I want to thank Adam for his vulnerability in this episode. He opens up about the darkness of losing his identity as a “successful investor.” He discusses the mental health toll, the suicidal thoughts, and the moment he realized that his net worth did not define his self-worth. 

The Rebuild: Renovation Solutions Adam is still standing. He realized that the “hustle” of property management and massive portfolios wasn’t the only way. He has returned to his roots, launching Renovation Solutions, a contracting business focused on helping other investors turn units over efficiently. He’s rebuilding, but this time with a focus on simplicity and bulletproof corporate structure. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

10 Real Estate Tax & Legal Questions Answered in This Episode 

1. Can the CRA freeze my bank account without notice?

Yes. Adam discovered his accounts were frozen only when his debit card was declined while on vacation in Thailand. The CRA stated they had sent a letter, but because he was traveling, he did not receive it in time to respond. 

2. Do landlords have to charge HST on residential rent in Ontario? 

No. Long-term residential rent is exempt from HST. However, Adam shares a story of an auditor specifically asking why he wasn’t charging HST on his rental income, highlighting the importance of having a knowledgeable accountant to defend you against auditor errors. 

3. What happens to my mortgages if the CRA sues me? 

If you have personally guaranteed your corporate mortgages (which is common for real estate investors), a CRA judgment against you personally can trigger a “default” clause with your lenders. Adam’s lenders called his mortgages not because he missed payments, but because of the CRA judgment. 

4. What is “Audit Insurance” and do investors need it? 

Audit insurance covers the professional fees (accountants and lawyers) required to defend you during an audit. Adam notes that defending himself cost thousands of dollars he didn’t have access to because his accounts were frozen. Having this insurance can prevent you from running out of cash during a dispute. 

5. Can a general accountant handle a complex real estate audit?

Adam advises against using a generalist. He stuck with a “good guy” accountant too long, but when the complex audit hit, the workload was overwhelming. He recommends upgrading to a specialist firm before you think you need one. 

6. How does “Separation of Church and State” apply to real estate assets?

Adam emphasizes the need to completely separate personal assets from business assets. Because he had assets in his personal name (and personal guarantees), the CRA was able to seize/freeze personal funds that strangled his business operations. Proper corporate structuring creates a firewall. 

7. Why would a bank call a mortgage if I’m making payments? 

Even if you have never missed a mortgage payment (as Adam hadn’t), lenders monitor your credit and legal standing. A substantial tax lien or judgment effectively kills your creditworthiness, causing lenders to view you as high-risk and call the loan. 

8. Is property management a scalable business model? 

Adam built a large property management company but found it difficult to scale profitably due to the high volume of “bosses” (landlords) and tenants. He eventually closed it to focus on his own portfolio, noting it is a tough, low-margin industry. 

9. What triggers a CRA audit for investors? 

While sometimes random, Adam suspects his audit was triggered by a discrepancy between a year of low taxable income (due to write-offs) followed by a year of high asset acquisition (refinancing). The CRA looks for lifestyle spend that doesn’t match reported income. 

10. How long does a CRA audit take? 

Adam has been dealing with this for three years. It is not a quick process. He warns that investors need the stamina and liquidity to survive a multi-year battle, as the CRA can move very slowly while your assets remain frozen. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

As always, thanks for listening (all 17 of you!), and keep hustling. If you’re not already on my free email list, you can join at: 

👉 www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca 

(Add your name and email on the right-hand side.) 

That’s how you’ll hear about new episodes, webinars, and live events like the Wealth Summit, where in-person seats sold out in a week. 

Being on the list helps you avoid disappointment. More importantly, it helps you avoid financial losses and fraud. We’ve seen this with Fortress Developments, Epic Alliance, and others currently in hot water with the Ontario Securities Commission. Cons and frauds share common patterns, and learning to spot them early matters. 


To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/how-a-%2414-million-portfolio-evaporated-the/id1100488294?i=1000749289818

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/How-a-14-Million-Portfolio-Evaporated-The-Adam-Kitchener-Story-e3ev1rq/a-acfg7bj  

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/a4641340-9cf8-466e-b59c-cff04e429c6e/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-how-a-14-million-portfolio-evaporated-the-adam-kitchener-story

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0GMY9X9W1?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp 

YouTube: https://youtu.be/I_GmtpWkkpU

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Youtube-thumbnails-14-1.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-02-11 19:13:442026-02-11 19:15:24How a $14 Million Portfolio Evaporated: The Adam Kitchener Story

From 18 Income Streams to Zero: The Brutal Truth About “Passive” Real Estate Investing 

February 6, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: January 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Guest: Serena Holmes, Award-winning Marketing and Business Professional, Podcaster and Author

Folks, welcome back to the show. 

If you’ve been listening to me for a while, you know I am obsessed with control. I like to own the title. I like to control the bank account. I like to know that if everything hits the fan, I can drive to the property and change the locks. 

Today’s guest, Serena Holmes, is here to share a cautionary tale that proves exactly why control is everything. 

Serena is a powerhouse. She built and exited a multi-award-winning marketing agency, she’s a Realtor, an author, and the host of the Inspired to Invest podcast. But a few years ago, she did what many busy entrepreneurs do: she tried to move from “active” income to “passive” investments. 

She invested in syndicated mortgages. She did private lending. She diversified into 18 different income streams. 

And then? They all went to zero. 

We’re talking about the collapse of major operators (like the Windrose Group) where hundreds of investors lost millions. Serena is open, vulnerable, and incredibly smart about what went wrong and, more importantly, how she is rebuilding. 

If you are thinking about handing your money over to a “hands-off” operator, or if you are raising capital yourself and want to do it without ending up in court, you need to read this. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

10 Capital Raising & Risk Questions Answered in This Episode 

1. What happens when “Passive” Investing goes wrong? 

Serena shares the reality of investing in syndicated mortgages and unsecured promissory notes. She thought she was diversified with 18 streams of income, but when the operators failed (due to fraud, mismanagement, or market shifts), every single stream dried up. The lesson: Diversification doesn’t help if the underlying asset structure is flawed. 

2. What does “If you’re not first, you’re last” mean in lending? 

This is the golden rule of private lending. Serena explains that if you are not in the first mortgage position, you are likely in trouble when a deal goes south. Unsecured notes or second/third positions often get wiped out completely during a power of sale or bankruptcy. 

3. Can you trust a “Guaranteed” return? 

No. We discuss how operators who scaled too fast (buying 600+ homes in 6 years) couldn’t refinance quickly enough when rates spiked. If an operator promises high returns without explaining the risks or having the liquidity to back it up, run the other way. 

4. Why is “Control” the most important word in investing? 

Serena admits she “shot herself in the foot” by giving away control. When you own the property on title, you have options. When you are a passive investor in a limited partnership or a promissory note holder, you are at the mercy of the operator’s competence and ethics. 

5. What is the reality of the GTA Listing Market right now? 

Serena is an active Realtor in the Durham/Toronto area. She notes that sellers are still stuck in 2022 pricing. She has listings where sellers turn down offers, only to receive lower offers months later as the market continues to soften. The “hold and hope” strategy is hurting sellers right now. 

6. Is it worth suing to get your money back? 

Serena has spent between $40,000 and $50,000 in legal fees trying to recover funds, with little to show for it yet. She highlights the harsh reality of the Canadian legal system: it is expensive, slow, and often, the money is simply gone. 

7. Why are Canadian investors moving capital to the USA? 

We discuss the “capital flight” to the US. Serena notes that the US GDP is expected to grow twice as fast as Canada’s . Between landlord-friendly laws, the 1031 exchange (tax-deferred selling), and better cash flow, many of her clients are pivoting south . 

8. What is the “Wild West” of Capital Raising? 

There was a time (and still is) where people raised millions on Facebook with zero compliance. Serena now works with M1 Real Capital, coaching investors on how to raise capital legally, ethically, and responsibly. You can’t just take money from people without the right paperwork and disclosure. 

9. How do you spot a “Con Artist”? 

I shared a quote from the book The Confidence Game: “Con artist” is short for “Confidence Artist.” Serena shares a story about seeing a prominent operator who looked the part—tall, commanding presence, confident on stage—who eventually went bankrupt owing investors millions. Confidence does not equal competence. 

10. What is the best way to rebuild after a loss? 

Serena’s advice is to get back to basics. She is focusing on her active income, helping others avoid her mistakes through coaching, and planning to return to purchasing multifamily properties where she controls the asset and the operations . 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

My Final Thoughts 

Folks, I have seen too many people lose their life savings because they chased a high interest rate on a piece of paper. 

Real estate is a fantastic asset class, but it is not magic. It requires due diligence. If you don’t understand where the yield is coming from, or if you don’t have your name on the title, you are taking a massive risk. 

Serena’s story is a powerful reminder that return of capital is far more important than return on capital. 

If you want to connect with Serena to learn about compliant capital raising or just to follow her journey, you can find her on Instagram at @serenaholmesofficial or listen to her podcast, Inspired to Invest . 

As always, thanks for listening (all 17 of you!), and keep hustling. 


To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/from-18-income-streams-to-zero-a-real-conversation/id1100488294?i=1000748566542

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/From-18-Income-Streams-to-Zero-A-Real-Conversation-About-Risk-in-Real-Estate-e3eo0bg 

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/e33922c4-8771-4520-b047-ec9d8c27b40b/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-from-18-income-streams-to-zero-a-real-conversation-about-risk-in-real-estate

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/podcast/ITEM-NAME/B0GKXS1MCP?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/5t4Ht_vwq4o

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Youtube-thumbnails-13-1.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-02-06 18:42:182026-02-06 18:50:11From 18 Income Streams to Zero: The Brutal Truth About “Passive” Real Estate Investing 

From Corporate CFO to Personal CFO: A 2026 Wealth Reset (And Why I’m Buying Less Real Estate) 

January 28, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: January 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Guest: Winnie Tsang, Former CFO

Folks, welcome back to the show. 

If you’ve been listening to me for a while, you know I am a die-hard real estate guy. I’ve built an 8-figure portfolio, I’ve been a landlord for 20 years, and I’ve coached hundreds of investors. 

But recently, I’ve been asking myself and my clients a hard question: Is the return on investment worth the return on hassle? 

I’m currently dealing with a broken washer that’s only three months old but costing me $300 to fix, plus a non-paying tenant. For high-energy entrepreneurs, active real estate is still a goldmine. But for me, with a young family, I want my investments to be boring, passive, and profitable. 

That is why I brought Winnie Tsang on the show. Winnie is a former corporate CFO for massive companies like Rogers and Accenture who made a pivot. She’s now a partner at Open Concept Financial Group, acting as a “Personal CFO” for families. 

We talk about “financial jujitsu”—strategies like leveraged segregated funds and corporate-owned life insurance that allow you to build wealth without unclogging a single toilet. 

If you are sitting on retained earnings in your corporation or you’re tired of being a landlord, you need to read this. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

10 Money Questions Answered in This Episode (That Your Bank Won’t Tell You) 

1. Why are everyday investors diversifying away from local real estate? It’s about income diversification and resilience. Winnie notes that for many, real estate has turned cash-flow negative. By diversifying into other asset classes, you gain liquidity and options—allowing you to buy time, which is the only non-renewable resource.

2. What is the “Corporate Owned Life Insurance” tax hack? This is a game-changer for business owners (doctors, realtors, consultants). Instead of investing retained earnings in GICs (taxed at ~50%), you buy a whole life policy inside the corp. The death benefit eventually pays out to your shareholders (family) tax-free via the Capital Dividend Account. It transfers business wealth to personal wealth with massive tax efficiency. 

3. Why do people choose “inaction” when it comes to their wealth? Fear and a lack of clarity. Winnie explains that people often feel overwhelmed by choices (the “burden of choice”), so they do nothing. But inaction is a choice with consequences. A good plan gives you the clarity to make a move. 

4. What are “Leveraged Segregated Funds”? This is the strategy I wish I started 10 years ago. It involves using a smaller amount of cash (e.g., $2,500) to access a much larger loan (e.g., $50,000) to invest in the market. Because it’s a segregated fund, it often comes with downside protection, and the interest on the loan is tax-deductible. It amplifies the upside, similar to a mortgage on a house, but without the tenants. 

5. Why leave a high-paying Corporate CFO job to help families? Winnie spent years maximizing shareholder value for big companies, but the pandemic made her rethink her purpose. She realized that regardless of wealth level, families struggle with financial management, especially as they age. She wanted to apply that high-level strategy to everyday people. 

6. Why is an independent financial firm better than a bank advisor? No quotas. Winnie notes that independent firms don’t have to push “Product X” just because it’s the flavor of the month. They can assemble a bespoke solution using the best products from multiple institutions to actually serve the client’s goal, not the bank’s sales target. 

7. Is real estate actually “passive” income? No. We discuss how real estate is actually an active business, not a passive investment. True passive investing shouldn’t add stress to your life or take time away from your family. If you have to manage a property manager, it’s still work. 

8. Why is Estate Planning the most overlooked aspect of wealth? We avoid talking about death, but it’s the one certainty. Winnie points out that insurance is bought with your health and age; if you wait until you retire to plan your estate, it’s often too expensive or too late. Optimizing this early creates an exponential curve of growth for your legacy. 

9. How do cognitive biases hurt our investment returns? We suffer from “familiarity bias”—we buy real estate because our parents did, or because we made money on it once before. But doing the same thing when market conditions have changed (like high interest rates) leads to losses. You have to look at the objective data, not just what feels comfortable. 

10. What is the “Financial Jujitsu” approach? It’s about finding joy in figuring out how to make more money, work less, and pay less tax. It’s using the rules of the system (like the Capital Dividend Account or leverage) to maximize your returns with the least amount of effort. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

My Final Thoughts 

Folks, life is short. I want to spend my weekends with my kids, making slime and listening to Taylor Swift (don’t ask), not chasing rent payments. 

Real estate is a fantastic way to build wealth, but it isn’t the only way. If you are ready to look at your wealth holistically—insurance, investments, and estate planning—reach out to us. 

If you want to meet Winnie and hear more about these strategies, come to our Wealth Summit 2025. She’ll be there, and trust me, she’s way smarter than I am. 

Save the date

Wealth Summit 2026 · Hybrid (In-Person + Online) | Saturday, January 31st · 9:00 AM EST

Ready to make 2026 your smartest financial year yet? Join us for Wealth Summit 2026, where real estate, tax, and wealth-planning experts break down the proven blueprint for protecting and multiplying your wealth.

REGISTER HERE

Early-bird registration is now open — save 40% when you secure your spot early. Seats for the in-person experience are limited and always sell out fast.

Discover the frameworks, tax strategies, and legacy tools top performers use to stay ahead — no matter the market.


To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/from-corporate-cfo-to-personal-cfo-a-2026-new-year/id1100488294?i=1000747020836

On Spotify: https://creators.spotify.com/pod/profile/erwinszeto/episodes/From-Corporate-CFO-to-Personal-CFO-A-2026-New-Year-Wealth-Reset-for-Investors-e3eaa92

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/ae98b6ad-0ce8-463d-b88d-1c2bb2939ecc/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-from-corporate-cfo-to-personal-cfo-a-2026-new-year-wealth-reset-for-investors

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0GK9ZJS13?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/T-ULjlsjqrI

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Youtube-thumbnails-12.jpg 450 800 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-01-28 20:24:112026-01-28 20:24:14From Corporate CFO to Personal CFO: A 2026 Wealth Reset (And Why I’m Buying Less Real Estate) 

The Mortgage Masterclass: Why 2026 is the Year to Buy (and How to Hack CMHC Financing)

January 23, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: January 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Guest: Scott Dillingham, founder of LendCity

Welcome back to the show. I’ll be honest with you—I had some selfish questions today. 

Like many of you, I have mortgages coming up for renewal. I have variable rate mortgages that have been painful for the last couple of years. I wanted to know: Is this the bottom? And if I want to invest in the U.S., how hard is it really compared to the brain damage we deal with in Canada? 

To get the answers, I brought back the man who holds the record for the most appearances on this show: Scott Dillingham of LendCity. Scott is a rare breed—he owns mortgage brokerages in both Canada and the U.S., so he sees the data from both sides of the border without the fluff. 

We get into the weeds on interest rate predictions, the absolute carnage happening in the pre-construction condo market, and a massive “hack” for developers using the CMHC MLI Select program that I honestly hadn’t heard before. 

If you are sitting on the sidelines waiting for rates to drop further, or you’re tired of Canadian red tape and looking south, you need to read this. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

10 Real Estate Financing Questions Answered in This Episode 

1. Is it time to lock in a Fixed or Variable mortgage in 2026? 

Scott suggests sticking to the 5-year fixed or 5-year variable. He warns against the “3-year fixed specials” lenders are pushing right now. Why? Because banks want you renewing sooner when they anticipate rates might be higher again. If you want safety, lock in the 5-year fixed now while it’s in the high 3s or low 4s. 

2. Are interest rates going to drop further this year? 

Likely not much. Scott believes we are at the bottom. In fact, major banks are predicting rates might actually creep up by 0.25% by the end of the year,. If you are waiting for rock bottom, you’re probably standing on it right now. 

3. Why are pre-construction condo buyers in trouble right now? 

It is ugly out there. Scott is seeing appraisals come in drastically lower than the purchase price—e.g., bought for 900k∗∗,appraisedat∗∗700k,. Lenders won’t bridge that gap; the buyer has to come up with that $200k cash difference. If you can’t, you’re in a tough spot. 

4. What is the “Smart Developer Hack” for CMHC MLI Select financing? 

This is pure gold for developers. Instead of forcing affordable rents (which kills your cash flow in Ontario due to rent control), savvy investors are skipping the affordability criteria entirely. They focus on energy efficiency and accessibility instead. You get a 45-year amortization (instead of 50), but you get to charge market rents,. 

5. How much easier is it to get a mortgage in the U.S. vs. Canada? 

Scott says it is “infinitely” easier . In Canada, you provide tax returns, T4s, and blood samples. In the U.S., you can use DSCR (Debt Service Coverage Ratio) loans, where the property qualifies for the mortgage based on its rental income, not your personal income, . 

6. Is there a risk of U.S. banks failing? 

We hear about U.S. bank failures in the news, but for a borrower, it doesn’t matter. U.S. banks sell their mortgages on the secondary market almost immediately . If your bank fails, your loan is just sold to another lender. Your terms don’t change . 

7. Why are investors pivoting to Commercial Mortgages for residential properties? 

If you are hitting a “brick wall” with residential lending limits (e.g., hitting your debt-to-service ratio cap), commercial lenders have no limit . You can buy unlimited properties as long as the deal makes sense. Rates are similar (mid-4s to 5s), though fees are slightly higher , . 

8. Should you be wary of “B-Lender” fees? 

Yes. B-lenders offer easier qualification (using up to 60% of income for ratios), but the costs add up. You are looking at rates from 4.8% to 6.5%, plus a 1-2% lender fee and a broker fee, . It’s a tool, but it’s not cheap. 

9. How does the current U.S. political climate affect real estate? 

Love him or hate him, Trump is pushing for lower borrowing costs. He has authorized Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to buy bonds to drive interest rates down , . This flood of liquidity is expected to drive U.S. housing prices up, making now a strategic time to buy before that appreciation hits . 

10. Why invest in U.S. properties through a Canadian brokerage? 

Scott owns brokerages on both sides of the border, meaning there are no “middleman” fees . Many Canadian brokers just refer you to a U.S. partner and take a cut. Working with a direct access broker saves you money and streamlines the chaos . 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

My Final Thoughts 

Folks, the data is clear: the waiting game is over. Whether you are looking at distressed pre-con deals in Toronto (if you have the cash) or cash-flowing rentals in the U.S., the window to buy at the bottom is closing. 

Scott’s insight on the MLI Select program, taking a 45-year amortization to keep market rents, is exactly the kind of pragmatic, number-focused strategy we love on this show. Don’t let the government discount your cash flow if you don’t have to. 

If you want to reach out to Scott and his team for financing in Canada or the U.S., head over to LendCity.ca and check out their investor resources. 

As always, thanks for listening (all 17 of you!), and keep hustling. 

Save the date

Wealth Summit 2026 · Hybrid (In-Person + Online) | Saturday, January 31st · 9:00 AM EST

Ready to make 2026 your smartest financial year yet? Join us for Wealth Summit 2026, where real estate, tax, and wealth-planning experts break down the proven blueprint for protecting and multiplying your wealth.

REGISTER HERE

Early-bird registration is now open — save 40% when you secure your spot early. Seats for the in-person experience are limited and always sell out fast.

Discover the frameworks, tax strategies, and legacy tools top performers use to stay ahead — no matter the market.


To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/mortgage-market-update-for-2026-residential-commercial/id1100488294?i=1000746376200

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/episode/48ISuXhSJMguNaxK3d6Edy?si=bDedAZnXS3iQ9FyBP82CVw

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/9365d1eb-e5d2-432b-8bdc-9550f012f274/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-mortgage-market-update-for-2026-residential-commercial-development-canada-usa-mexico

YouTube: https://youtu.be/CO36McC9rFo

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Youtube-thumbnails-11-1.jpg 450 800 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-01-23 20:53:582026-01-23 20:54:02The Mortgage Masterclass: Why 2026 is the Year to Buy (and How to Hack CMHC Financing)

From Lending Nightmares to Hotel Millions: Mike Rosehart’s Ultimate Pivot 

January 16, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: January 2026

Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Guest: Mike Rosehart, Real Estate Analyst and Investor

Welcome back to the show. We had a returning guest on, and honestly, if you’re looking for a masterclass on how to pivot when the market punches you in the face, this is it. 

Mike Rosehart is back, and he’s not just doing student rentals in London anymore. We’re talking about a massive shift. He’s acquired a couple of hundred units in the last 12 to 18 months, pushing his portfolio north of $50 million. 

But it wasn’t a straight line up. We get into the messy stuff—the private lending deals that went south, the foreclosures, and how he turned those disasters into a goldmine in the hospitality space. Mike openly shares the challenges, admitting he had lending deals where borrowers stopped paying for 11 months and he waited too long to take legal action. 

If you are serious about scaling or you’re stuck trying to make the numbers work in this high-interest environment, you need to pay attention to the “Hotel to Apartment” conversion strategy Mike breaks down. It is absolute fire. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

10 Real Estate Questions Answered in This Episode 

1. Why are smart investors pivoting from residential rentals to hotels and motels? 

The margins in residential multifamily are tight right now. Mike explains that in markets like Ontario, you might pay $180,000 to $200,000 per door for a multifamily unit. However, you can buy a hotel or motel for $60,000 to $70,000 per key. That is half or a third of the cost for the same physical square footage, offering a massive arbitrage opportunity. 

2. Can you convert a motel into a long-term residential apartment? 

Yes, and it’s a massive value to add. Mike notes that many motels already have kitchenettes or the infrastructure for them. By spending $10,000 to $15,000 per unit on renovations and getting a simple change of use zoning (often around $5,000), you can convert them into residential apartments that qualify for CMHC financing. 

3. What are the dangers of private lending in a correcting market?

We talk about the ugly side of lending. Mike shares how he had lending deals go sideways where he was in a second mortgage position during a market correction. The lesson? If you are in a second or third mortgage position or holding a promissory note, your capital might be worthless because the first mortgage and legal fees eat up all the equity. 

4. How do you automate a hotel operation to slash costs? 

Mike isn’t running these like it’s 1990. He fires the expensive staff and cuts the franchise flags immediately. He uses AI bots for front desk operations, automated digital locks with codes that expire, and independent contractors for cleaning. This cuts costs by 50% compared to traditional operators. 

5. Why would an investor buy a property in cash right now? 

While leverage is king, cash is speed. Mike recently bought a 50-unit property in Sarnia (The Village Inn) with cash because lender fees were too high and the timeline was too tight for environmental assessments and appraisals. The goal isn’t to stay in cash, but to secure the deal, stabilize it over 6-12 months, and then refinance to pull the capital back out. 

6. How does the “Lifetime Capital Gains Exemption” apply to hotels? 

This is a huge tax nugget. Because hotels are considered “active businesses” rather than passive rentals, you can potentially utilize the Lifetime Capital Gains Exemption (LCGE) when you sell the shares of the corporation. If structured correctly with a family trust, you could shelter millions in profit tax-free,. 

7. Is it easier to evict a non-paying guest in a hotel vs. a tenant?  

Mike highlights that in a hotel/motel environment, if a guest doesn’t pay, you can simply disable their door code or call the police for removal. You avoid the 8-11 month delays typical of the Landlord and Tenant Board (LTB) in Ontario. 

8. What should you look for when taking over a distressed property? 

You want absentee owners or tired operators. Mike bought a hotel from a 92-year-old operator who had zero online presence—no Booking.com, no Expedia, just a phone number. By simply modernizing the marketing and operations, the revenue lift is instant. 

9. Is the BRRRR method still alive in Ontario? 

It is, but you have to buy deep. Mike mentions that detached houses in London, Ontario, have fallen significantly—sometimes trading at half of what they were in 2022. If you can buy a detached house for land value (e.g., $240k), add a unit, and create a duplex, the numbers start to make sense again. 

10. Is real estate investing scalable without a massive team? 

Mike argues that bigger deals are actually easier to scale than small ones. He puts a “mentee” or operating partner into his larger hotel deals to live on-site and manage operations in exchange for equity. This allows him to scale to hundreds of units without personally managing every toilet fix. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

My Final Thoughts 

Folks, the market has changed. What worked in 2017 isn’t working today. You can’t just buy a pre-con condo and hope it goes up. You have to force appreciation. 

Mike is showing us that there is opportunity in the ashes of this correction. Whether it’s buying distressed notes, taking over foreclosures, or converting motels into housing, the deals are there for the people willing to do the work. He’s proving that “active business” income is the new path to cash flow in 2025. 

If you want to see what Mike is up to, check him out on Instagram at @mikerosheart or search for The Village Inn Sarnia to see his latest project. 

Save the date

Wealth Summit 2026 · Hybrid (In-Person + Online) | Saturday, January 31st · 9:00 AM EST

Ready to make 2026 your smartest financial year yet? Join us for Wealth Summit 2026, where real estate, tax, and wealth-planning experts break down the proven blueprint for protecting and multiplying your wealth.

REGISTER HERE

Early-bird registration is now open — save 40% when you secure your spot early. Seats for the in-person experience are limited and always sell out fast.

Discover the frameworks, tax strategies, and legacy tools top performers use to stay ahead — no matter the market.


To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/from-houses-to-hotels-a-real-life-monopoly-story/id1100488294?i=1000745436200

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/episode/48ISuXhSJMguNaxK3d6Edy?si=bDedAZnXS3iQ9FyBP82CVw

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/4b07e204-26bd-4242-8876-87dbaebb0c40/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-from-houses-to-hotels-a-real-life-monopoly-story

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0GH8LCLTB?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube:https://youtu.be/5slXpuy5YV8

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Youtube-thumbnadils-1.jpg 450 800 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-01-16 16:16:382026-01-16 16:16:41From Lending Nightmares to Hotel Millions: Mike Rosehart’s Ultimate Pivot 

How a Canadian WealthGenius Coach Scaled a U.S. Multifamily Portfolio 

January 6, 2026/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: January 2026
Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Canadian real estate investors are facing a harsh reality: rising prices, capped rents, and prolonged eviction timelines have fundamentally changed the risk profile of being a landlord in provinces like Ontario and British Columbia. 

In this episode, U.S. multifamily investor Thomas Lorini explains why he shifted capital from Canadian rentals to U.S. markets — particularly Ohio — and how landlord-friendly laws, DSCR financing, and value-add multifamily strategies have restored predictability and cash flow. 

Ohio offers a combination of affordability, population density, diversified employment, and strong landlord rights. Properties that would cost over $1 million in Ontario can still be acquired for under $100,000 in parts of the Midwest, with eviction timelines measured in weeks rather than years. 

Thomas also breaks down common Canadian concerns: 

  • Cross-border taxation and entity structuring 
  • Financing without Canadian income limits 
  • Section 8 housing myths vs reality 
  • Currency risk and U.S. dollar income 

For investors seeking boring, predictable real estate again, this conversation outlines why many Canadians are quietly diversifying into U.S. residential and multifamily assets. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

Fast Facts on USA Investing for Canadians 

Why are Canadians investing in U.S. real estate instead of Canada?

Because U.S. markets offer stronger landlord rights, lower prices, and faster legal resolution compared to rent-controlled Canadian provinces.

What is DSCR financing and why does it matter for Canadians?

DSCR loans are based on property cash flow rather than personal income, allowing Canadians to scale portfolios without income caps.

Why is Ohio attractive for real estate investors?

Ohio combines affordability, population scale, diversified employment, and landlord-friendly laws with strong cash-flow potential.

How long does an eviction take in Ohio?

Most non-payment evictions are resolved in 3–6 weeks, compared to 8–18 months in Ontario.

Is Section 8 housing risky for investors?

It can be profitable when managed correctly, but outcomes depend heavily on location, property management, and tenant mix.

Do Canadians need U.S. credit to invest in U.S. properties?

No. Many lenders underwrite the property itself rather than the investor’s personal credit history.

Are U.S. interest rates higher than Canada’s?

Yes, but U.S. loans often allow repeat financing and scalability that Canadian lenders restrict.

Does the exchange rate hurt Canadian investors?

While entry costs are higher, income is earned in U.S. dollars, often offsetting currency risk over time.

Is multifamily better than single-family investing?

Multifamily offers operational scale, professional management, and forced appreciation through value-add strategies.

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

Save the date

How to Sell Investment Property for Maximum ROI. Online-Only Live Masterclass | Tuesday, January 13th · 8:00 PM EST

If you’re thinking about selling in 2026, join us on January 13th at 8 p.m. Eastern for our free IWIN training: “How to Sell an Investment Property for Maximum ROI.” 

REGISTER HERE

We’ll walk through: 

  • Real examples of deals that sold vs. deals that pivoted to Plan B. 
  • How to price properly in a market full of bank sales and estate sales. 
  • Tenant strategies that make your property more attractive — or at least not a liability — when you hit MLS. 

In this market, you don’t have to get crushed. You just have to be smarter than the average seller. 

Wealth Summit 2026 · Hybrid (In-Person + Online) | Saturday, January 31st · 9:00 AM EST

Ready to make 2026 your smartest financial year yet? Join us for Wealth Summit 2026, where real estate, tax, and wealth-planning experts break down the proven blueprint for protecting and multiplying your wealth.

REGISTER HERE

Early-bird registration is now open — save 40% when you secure your spot early. Seats for the in-person experience are limited and always sell out fast.

Discover the frameworks, tax strategies, and legacy tools top performers use to stay ahead — no matter the market.


To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/how-a-canadian-wealthgenius-coach-scaled-a-u/id1100488294?i=1000743970414

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/episode/3tjfSgCpuC8m9bsslhyZYw?si=hObKhKMVQCyec2I7uexaxA

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/2ae2ffad-e966-4889-bd70-e2e7f12052f2/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-how-a-canadian-wealthgenius-coach-scaled-a-u-s-multifamily-portfolio

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/podcast/ITEM-NAME/B0GF4Q8PGT?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TJoOCVoGnzA

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Youtube-thumbnails-9-1.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2026-01-06 14:40:222026-01-12 17:29:24How a Canadian WealthGenius Coach Scaled a U.S. Multifamily Portfolio 

How to Sell a Tenanted Property in 2026 

December 5, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: December 2025
Guest:️ Tim Hong, Property Manager specializing in selling and managing tenant-occupied properties.
Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Selling an investment property in Ontario in 2026 is not the same game it was in 2021.

If you’re an investor in markets like Hamilton, Kitchener–Waterloo, or the GTA, you’re facing more listings, tougher financing, and smarter buyers. At the same time, interest rates are still high enough to squeeze cash flow, and the Landlord and Tenant Board remains a risk you want to avoid at all costs. 

In a recent episode of The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians, I sat down with veteran investor, realtor, and property manager Tim Hong to talk about exactly what’s happening on the ground — and what smart investors are doing instead of panicking.  

Inventory Is Up 50–60%… But Prices Are Range-Bound 

Tim started by pulling fresh stats from his core markets: 

  • Kitchener–Waterloo: active listings are up from about 810 in November 2023 to roughly 1,296 today — a 60% jump. 
  • Hamilton: inventory is up from ~1,410 to 2,078 active listings, a bit more than a 50% increase. 

That’s a huge shift in supply, yet prices haven’t completely collapsed. From the February 2022 peak, we’re still roughly 20–30% down, but for the last three years prices have mostly been range-bound, bouncing up and down within a band.  

The takeaway: 

  • If you’re listing your property now, understand you’re competing in a crowded marketplace. 
  • Buyers have time and options. Conditions are back. So are offers conditional on the sale of the buyer’s home. 

Power-of-Sale and Estate Sales Are Setting the Bar 

When I pulled comparables recently, I saw more power-of-sale and bank-owned listings than at any time since I became a realtor in 2010. I also saw a bank-owned Hamilton Mountain bungalow duplex that sold for around $1.2M at the peak get resold for roughly $720,000 after the bank took it back. 

That’s a 40%+ haircut. 

These types of listings — bank sales and estate sales — are often: 

  • Aggressively priced to clear quickly. 
  • Heavily influencing buyers’ expectations on what a “deal” looks like. 

If you’re a regular investor trying to sell a tenanted duplex, you’re competing against those numbers, whether you like it or not.

Why Single-Family Homes Sell Faster Than Duplexes Right Now

Tim sees a big difference between “obvious rental properties” and end-user homes: 

  • Legal duplexes, triplexes, and vacant student rentals: 
  • Investors are cautious. 
  • Financing is tighter and interest rates are higher. 
  • Offers are often below what sellers want. 
  • Single-family homes for end users: 
  • Bigger buyer pool. 
  • Still seeing healthy activity and occasional multiple offers, depending on location and price. 

Investors have no sense of urgency right now. They’ll buy only if the numbers are compelling. That means if your exit strategy relies on another investor paying top dollar, you may need to adjust your expectations — or your strategy.  

Plan A vs Plan B: Sell or Re-Rent? 

For many of Tim’s clients, the starting plan was: 

  1. Tenant leaves. 
  2. Touch up the property. 
  3. List it for sale. 

In several cases, the market response was underwhelming: little activity, weak offers, or no offers at all. 

At that point, Tim sits down with the investor and runs the numbers on Plan B: 

  • What can this property realistically rent for with a proper tenant-screening process? 
  • What does cash flow look like at today’s interest rate? 
  • Are you willing to hold for another 3–5 years? 

Often, the investor decides that re-renting is the better financial move. 

In one case, an investor was set on selling a property with long-term tenants paying below-market rent. Once they saw the projected sale price and tax implications, they weren’t excited. 

Tim approached the tenants directly, explained the situation, and negotiated a new lease at a higher rent that was still below market. The result? 

  • The investor kept the property. 
  • Cash flow increased by about $560 per month. 
  • The tenants gained security and avoided the uncertainty of a new owner.  

That’s the power of creative negotiation and treating selling as one option, not the only option. 

The Resilience of University Student Rentals 

While many asset classes are feeling pain, university-area student rentals have quietly been one of the most resilient strategies over the last decade. 

Why? 

  • Enrollment tends to increase during economic downturns. 
  • Universities have more stable, diversified demand than some private colleges that leaned heavily on international students. 
  • Student rentals naturally build in tenant turnover every 2–3 years, letting landlords reset rents to market regularly. 

College-focused markets tied to international enrollment — think Conestoga and similar schools — have seen dramatic drops and oversupply. But university zones around schools like Waterloo, Laurier, McMaster, and others are still seeing strong demand from quality students who want clean, well-managed housing.  

Bill 60 and the Future of Selling Tenanted Properties 

We also talked about Bill 60 and what it could mean for investors: 

  • Shorter timelines for non-payment of rent (N4 going from 14 days to 7). 
  • Requirements for tenants to pay 50% of outstanding rent into the system if they want to raise maintenance issues at a hearing. 
  • Possible relief from compensation requirements if you give 120 days’ notice to a tenant for a buyer’s own use. 

None of this is a magic fix. But it may tilt the playing field slightly back towards responsible landlords who follow the rules. 

The safer strategy remains the same: avoid the Landlord and Tenant Board completely by screening tenants properly, communicating clearly, and handling issues early. 

Tenant Screening: Why Tim Hasn’t Been to the LTB in Two Years 

Tim’s property management company hasn’t had to attend the LTB in two years. His process is simple but strict: 

  • Use SingleKey for credit and application processing. 
  • Use OpenRoom to check for existing court orders. 
  • Verify employment, income, and current landlord through independent searches. 
  • Watch how tenants communicate and follow instructions. 

If someone no-shows a viewing without notice, asks for four parking spots on a property with one, or can’t be bothered to read the ad, they’re disqualified. 

Is it harsh? Maybe. 

Is it effective? Definitely. 

If you want high-quality, long-term tenants who pay on time and treat your property like a home, you need to raise the bar. 

Should You Buy Vacant or Tenanted Right Now? 

Given longer vacancy times for new listings and the sheer number of options tenants have, Tim makes a point many investors miss: 

  • If you’re buying locally and want a relatively hands-off experience, consider buying a property with a good, paying tenant in place at a fair rent — as long as you can verify their history and lease. 
  • If you buy vacant, be prepared for two months (or more) of vacancy, plus screening, showings, and uncertainty. 

In today’s market, time is money, and two months of lost rent plus your own time and stress can eat up a lot of the “deal” you thought you were getting.  

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

Final Thoughts: Hold, Sell, or Pivot? 

If you own investment real estate in Ontario right now, you don’t need fear. You need a clear decision-making framework: 

  1. Check your numbers honestly. Can you carry the property for another 3–5 years if you re-rent at realistic market rents? 
  1. Know your asset. Is it a quality property in a solid location, or is it a weak property that only looked good in a spreadsheet? 
  1. Understand your buyer. Are you selling to an end user or another investor? The strategy, staging, and pricing are different. 
  1. Have a Plan B. If the right offer doesn’t come, be ready to re-rent, renegotiate with tenants, or refinance instead of selling at a painful discount. 

Save the date

How to Sell Investment Property for Maximum ROI. Online-Only Live Masterclass | Tuesday, January 13th · 8:00 PM EST

If you’re thinking about selling in 2026, join us on January 13th at 8 p.m. Eastern for our free IWIN training: “How to Sell an Investment Property for Maximum ROI.” 

REGISTER HERE

We’ll walk through: 

  • Real examples of deals that sold vs. deals that pivoted to Plan B. 
  • How to price properly in a market full of bank sales and estate sales. 
  • Tenant strategies that make your property more attractive — or at least not a liability — when you hit MLS. 

In this market, you don’t have to get crushed. You just have to be smarter than the average seller. 

Wealth Summit 2026 · Hybrid (In-Person + Online) | Saturday, January 31st · 9:00 AM EST

Ready to make 2026 your smartest financial year yet? Join us for Wealth Summit 2026, where real estate, tax, and wealth-planning experts break down the proven blueprint for protecting and multiplying your wealth.

REGISTER HERE

Early-bird registration is now open — save 40% when you secure your spot early. Seats for the in-person experience are limited and always sell out fast.

Discover the frameworks, tax strategies, and legacy tools top performers use to stay ahead — no matter the market.

 


Top 10 FAQs About Selling Investment Properties in Ontario (2026 Edition) 

Q: How has the Ontario real estate market changed for investors going into 2026? 

A: Inventory in markets like Hamilton and Kitchener–Waterloo is up 50–60% compared to 2023, while prices are roughly 20–30% below the 2022 peak and range-bound, so investors face more competition when selling. 

Q: Is 2026 a good time to sell an investment property in Ontario? 

A: It can be, if you’ve owned for several years and price realistically against bank sales, estate sales, and higher inventory, but many investors are better off re-renting and waiting out the market if they don’t need to sell. 

Q: What’s the biggest mistake investors make when selling rental properties in Ontario? 

A: Hiring a non-investor realtor and ignoring tenant issues; when the property doesn’t sell, they pivot to Plan B with a poorly screened tenant and can end up in Landlord and Tenant Board nightmares. 

Q: Are student rentals still a good investment strategy for Canadian investors? 

A: University student rentals near major Ontario campuses remain one of the most resilient cash-flow strategies, thanks to strong enrollment and regular tenant turnover, whereas college-heavy markets reliant on international students have struggled. 

Q: How long does it take to find a good tenant in the 2026 Ontario rental market? 

A: In many areas it now takes 6–8 weeks or more to find a high-quality tenant for single-family homes, duplexes, and basement units, so investors should budget for at least two months of vacancy. 

Q: What are the best tenant screening tools for Ontario landlords? 

A: Many professional property managers use SingleKey for credit and application processing and OpenRoom to check for existing court orders, combined with manual checks of income, landlord references, and online searches. 

Q: How will Bill 60 impact landlords and selling investment properties? 

A: Bill 60 proposes shorter timelines for non-payment, potential changes to compensation when buyers move in, and rules requiring tenants to pay a portion of rent owed before raising maintenance complaints, which slightly improves the environment for responsible landlords. 

Q: Should I buy a vacant rental property or one with tenants in place? 

A: In today’s market, buying a property with a strong, paying tenant at near-market rent can be safer because buying vacant often means at least two months of vacancy and extra leasing risk. 

Q: What types of rental units are most in demand in Ontario right now? 

A: Larger, brighter units—especially above grade, with multiple parking spots and family-friendly layouts—are renting faster than small micro-condos or cramped basement apartments. 

Q: How can Canadian investors protect their cash flow until interest rates drop? 

A: Focus on tenant quality over speed, consider rent renegotiations with below-market tenants, and be willing to pivot from selling to re-renting if offers don’t match your long-term goals. 


📜 Full Transcript

The full, cleaned transcript of my conversation with Tim Hong is available here for anyone who wants to dive deeper.

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/apartments-vs-business-income-how-real-estate-investing/id1100488294?i=1000733146751

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/episode/0g5Jt74Qff54WifcfEU6FH?si=3554156498454d05

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/c50ae533-1e20-4bf2-80d9-82ddb8d70b7d/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-how-to-sell-a-tenanted-property-in-2026-what-investors-need-to-know-now

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0G53GJWGW?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/-G3MkQjEH4Y

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Interested in our systematic approach to real estate investing—the same one used by most of my podcast guests? Then check out:
📍 infinitywealth.ca/events

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Youtube-thumbnails-8-1.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2025-12-05 12:39:592025-12-05 12:40:01How to Sell a Tenanted Property in 2026 

Ontario’s Bill 60: What Landlords Need to Know

November 21, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: November 2025
Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Bill 60 has all my landlord friends and the Facebook groups I am part of talking, especially SOLO, which is an excellent group. There are some really interesting items in the bill and a few ideas I am not surprised were quickly rejected by Toronto Mayor Olivia Chow and tenant advocates. Let us break down what Bill 60 actually means for landlords. 

Lease agreement expiry

I am not entirely sure why ending month-to-month leases was included, but when I think about it, if the old rule of automatic month-to-month conversion were grandfathered and the new rule required a lease to be renewed at the end of each term, we would likely see more landlords enter the rental market or make space in their homes available for long-term rental.

Take, for example, a homeowner with a self-contained unit. In Ontario, once the lease is signed and the tenant moves in, the homeowner loses nearly all rights to their own property. That is a significant risk. Remove that risk and more people would be willing to become landlords. It would also hold tenants more accountable to be good neighbours so they are invited to stay. I was literally reading a thread in an Ontario landlord group where someone asked if they should rent their self-contained unit to a friend for one or two months. The majority of the forty-plus responses said no. Doug Ford has said he wants more landlords to step forward and offer housing, but to do that you must protect landlords and their property rights. Again, grandfathering existing leases would protect the most vulnerable in rent-controlled buildings. 

Removing the ability to raise new issues on the day of a rent arrears hearing

This would never be allowed in a court of law, yet it is currently allowed at the Landlord and Tenant Board. Bill 60 would strictly require prior notice, which should reduce delays at the Board. 

Here is my favourite initiative in Bill 60: limiting new issues unless fifty percent of the arrears are paid

This would reduce delays when a tenant wants to dispute non-payment of rent on the basis of unsafe conditions, improper maintenance, or needed repairs. If the tenant truly has the rent, then let them demonstrate it by depositing half. It prevents abuse of the system. 

Limiting when the Landlord and Tenant Board can review decisions

Before the pandemic this was extremely rare. During the pandemic it became the playbook for how to stay in a property without paying indefinitely. A tenant or their legal representative, often funded by taxpayers, would introduce new evidence again and again, triggering repeated reviews and lengthy delays. Bill 60 aims to limit these reviews. 

Persistent late payment cases

It is currently undefined what “persistent” means, so Bill 60 plans to define it. This should create more consistency. 

Reducing the appeal period from thirty to fifteen days

This will lead to faster resolutions. 

Compensation requirements for landlord’s own use

Under Bill 60, if the landlord provides four months’ notice, they would not have to provide compensation. Again, if existing tenants are grandfathered, this could encourage homeowners to rent out their properties or invest in additional rental properties. 

Shortening the rent arrears eviction notice period

Reducing the N4 notice period from fourteen to seven days allows the landlord to file with the Landlord and Tenant Board one week sooner. The province says it currently takes eight to nine weeks on average to obtain a hearing, and tenants can pay at any time or request a payment plan. Tenants have all the rights in these situations. 

Postponement of an eviction order

I understand that adjudicators want to avoid homelessness and often delay the enforcement of eviction orders for compassionate reasons, but this can come at the expense of private landlords who receive neither consent nor compensation. I had a client whose tenant did not even show up to the non-payment hearing, and it still took five months from the hearing date to receiving the eviction order. Bill 60 wants to establish clear factors for when a postponement is actually allowed. 

Adding up to eight temporary sheriffs

These are the people who physically enforce eviction orders, and I have heard that some regions have severe backlogs and are severely understaffed. It is not an easy job. They are evicting tenants from their homes every day, and more staffing is necessary. 

Greater access to Landlord and Tenant Board decisions and orders

Bill 60 wants to increase public access so both tenants and landlords can perform due diligence before signing a lease. This sounds similar to what Weiting at Open Room is already doing. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

Save the date

How to Sell Investment Property for Maximum ROI. Online-Only Live Masterclass | Tuesday, January 13th · 8:00 PM EST

If you’re thinking about selling in 2026, join us on January 13th at 8 p.m. Eastern for our free IWIN training: “How to Sell an Investment Property for Maximum ROI.” 

REGISTER HERE

We’ll walk through: 

  • Real examples of deals that sold vs. deals that pivoted to Plan B. 
  • How to price properly in a market full of bank sales and estate sales. 
  • Tenant strategies that make your property more attractive — or at least not a liability — when you hit MLS. 

In this market, you don’t have to get crushed. You just have to be smarter than the average seller. 

Wealth Summit 2026 · Hybrid (In-Person + Online) | Saturday, January 31st · 9:00 AM EST

Ready to make 2026 your smartest financial year yet? Join us for Wealth Summit 2026, where real estate, tax, and wealth-planning experts break down the proven blueprint for protecting and multiplying your wealth.

REGISTER HERE

Early-bird registration is now open — save 40% when you secure your spot early. Seats for the in-person experience are limited and always sell out fast.

Discover the frameworks, tax strategies, and legacy tools top performers use to stay ahead — no matter the market.


To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/bill-60-explained-ontarios-new-rental-laws-what-landlords/id1100488294?i=1000737709630

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/episode/1V4X0bkYHiYfTUtATPJ0nu?si=iPmLFpn_QDGQbuH4y1DKvg

Amazon Music: https://musiche-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-bill-60-explained-ontario%E2%80%99s-new-rental-laws-what-landlords-need-to-know

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0G3B9WQPB?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/f3hbi7e5CEo

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

You’ve Built Wealth. Now It’s Time to Understand It. 

After dozens of consultations, I’ve noticed the same pattern again and again: most investors have built real wealth, but they’re not confident they can retire from it. They’re sitting on $2M–$5M in property but feel cash-flow poor. They’re paying more tax than they should because everything is held in personal names. They have no liquidity, no insurance strategy, and no clear plan for what happens if something happens to them. And almost every single client tells me the same thing: “I don’t actually know what retirement looks like for us.” 

Real estate builds equity, but it doesn’t automatically build freedom. Without a coordinated plan for taxes, income, protection, and exit strategy, investors often end up working harder in retirement than they did in their 30s. That’s why I created the Wealth Freedom Blueprint – a simple, practical guide to help you understand where you stand today, what gaps are costing you money, and how to turn the wealth you’ve built into a life you can actually live. 

Download your free Wealth Freedom Blueprint 

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re building wealth, protecting it, or preparing to transition it, you deserve a clear, tax-smart strategy that works in real life. 

That’s what iWIN Wealth Planning is here for. 

This is how we’re creating predictable, stress-free wealth for Canadian families… 
so you can enjoy the life you’re building. 

Book your Wealth Planning Call 


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Youtube-thumbnails-7.jpg 450 800 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2025-11-21 16:31:402025-12-12 07:08:06Ontario’s Bill 60: What Landlords Need to Know

How Canadian Developers Are Using Grants to Fund Affordable Rentals (Without Giving Up Control)

November 6, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: November 2025
Guest:️ Chelsey Fawcett, OREIO President and Founder of Grant Solutions Canada 
Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Affordable rental development in Canada is tough: land and trades are expensive, and rents can’t float to infinity. Grants—federal, provincial, municipal—and targeted credits can bridge the gap. In this episode, OREIO President and Grant Solutions Canada founder Chelsey Fawcett explains how developers build grantable projects, why many funds prefer build-and-hold rentals, and how manufacturing/employment grants support prefab and tiny-home production that lowers costs and speeds delivery. 

Key Takeaways: 

  • Grants fund solutions to public problems. Today’s problem is affordability; projects that reserve a share of units below local medians score higher and can unlock forgivable loan components. Developers should expect strict definitions (e.g., ~80% of median rents, program-dependent). 
  • Don’t double-dip CMHC programs. MLI Select and the Affordable Housing Fund serve different aims; you can’t stack them. Plan your capital stack early.  
  • Manufacturing & jobs matter. Prefab/tiny-home companies can access manufacturing, employment, export and environmental credits—separate from project grants—to reduce unit costs and scale production. 
  • Eligibility is real. Funders review your team, 3 years of financials, and risk. Many good ideas need gap-analysis work (governance, revenue diversity) before submitting.  
  • OREIO’s role: a growing hub (2nd Wednesdays) for investors to cross-pollinate and learn; yes, they’re recording sessions for members. 

What This Means for Canadian Investors: 
If you’re evaluating multi-family development, assume conventional financing alone may not pencil at today’s costs. Map your affordability commitments and non-dilutive funding sources early, then structure build-and-hold pro formas that satisfy program terms. Consider prefab partners to lock pricing, shorten timelines, and potentially qualify for manufacturing support on top of housing funds. 

Resources: 

  • Grant Solutions Canada (intake): grantsolutionscanada.ca. Grant Solutions Cana 
  • OREIO membership & events: oreio.org. oreio.org 
  • Small Living Company (Ontario tiny homes; some through Home Depot): smallliving.co. smallliving.co 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here


Government Grants for Real Estate Developers, Q&A With Chelsey Fawcett 

  1. What grants are available for Canadian real estate developers? 
    Available grants federal (e.g., CMHC/NHS), provincial, and municipal programs fund affordable rental supply; you can also stack tax credits, SHRED, employment, and manufacturing support where applicable. Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation 
  1. Do CMHC grants require affordable rents? 
    Yes—programs commonly require a portion of units priced below area median market rents for a set term, sometimes paired with forgivable-loan components. 
  1. Can I combine CMHC MLI Select with the Affordable Housing Fund? 
    No; they’re separate programs with different aims, and double-dipping isn’t allowed. Build your capital stack around one or the other.  
  1. What size of project makes sense to hire a grants firm? 
    Pipelines ≥ $1M (often 40–300+ units) benefit from strategy, lobbying, and underwriting support to increase award odds and speed.  
  1. Are tiny homes eligible for grants? 
    Manufacturers can access manufacturing, employment, export, and environmental programs; project-based housing grants depend on the affordability criteria and use case. 
  1. Why do housing grants favor build-and-hold? 
    Affordability goals require long-term rent commitments; build-and-hold ensures units remain below market for the program term.  
  1. What documents do funders review? 
    Developers should be prepared to provide three years of financials, details on corporate structure, pro formas, and a risk analysis. Many teams will also need to complete a gap assessment before submitting.  
  1. How do I make my project more “grantable”? 
    You should reserve affordable units, incorporate energy-efficient or low-carbon features, demonstrate diversified revenue streams, and engage potential funders before applying.
  1. Is networking still valuable for funding? 
    Yes—groups like OREIO offer monthly education + cross-pollination with seasoned investors, service providers, and policy-savvy experts. 
  1. Where can Canadian investors start? 
    Audit eligibility, choose the right CMHC/provincial/municipal lane, and speak with a grant strategist to stack non-dilutive capital. 

📜 Full Transcript

The full, cleaned transcript of my conversation with Chelsey Fawcett is available here for anyone who wants to dive deeper.

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/unlocking-affordable-housing-in-canada-grants-prefab/id1100488294?i=1000735552999

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/episode/2J3dGKJZQ2WF3EuJZhM8IR?si=9tNmf-4yQxi53Dze4YdfGw

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/c8b16acf-d5f2-4131-997f-b1f81661654f/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-unlocking-affordable-housing-in-canada-grants-prefab-homes-real-estate-investing-with-chelsey-fawcett

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0G14XZNXB?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/88j90CtXBAI

🦸‍♂️Household Hero? Here’s Your Next Step

If you’re a Canadian investor trying to build wealth safely and sustainably, Adam’s journey has valuable takeaways.

It might be time to revisit your current strategies—real estate, lending, or insurance—and ask:

  • Do your investments match your long-term goals?
  • Do you fully understand how your strategies work?
  • Would a more conservative approach offer better peace of mind?

Real estate remains a powerful tool for building wealth, especially with careful underwriting and due diligence. Insurance can be useful too—but only if it supports your broader financial goals.

Need help with conservative, peace-of-mind investing—backed by Wall Street-style due diligence—plus financial planning with your best interests at heart? 

📅 Book a call

Until next time, happy Canadian and USA Real Estate Investing.

Erwin Szeto,

Your Cross Border Investment Guy

Why I’m Investing in the U.S.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005. It’s been a great run—starting with properties in the $100Ks, now reaching $800K–$1M. How much higher can it go? I don’t know.

The remaining appreciation potential doesn’t justify the risk. That’s why I advise clients to look to the U.S., where rental properties range from $150K–$350K USD, with rents between $1,400–$2,600/month.

These cash-flowing numbers are night and day compared to Canada. Plus, landlords have rights, there’s no rent control, and income is in U.S. dollars—which are stronger than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe that U.S. dollars are stronger, ask 100 non-Canadians what they’d prefer to be paid in.

To regain control of your retirement, check out the cash-flow properties at:
👉 iwin.sharesfr.com

How SHARE Makes It Easier

The best part? My U.S. investments are more passive than my Canadian ones. I work with SHARE, an asset manager that guides me through the entire process.

SHARE helps with:

  • Finding quality income properties
  • Structuring the legal and tax side
  • Managing the property manager and insurance provider
  • Saving time and money with preferred rates

They even advise on when to refinance or sell. SHARE supports investors across the U.S., which is why I plan to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas. It’s like having a JV partner—without giving up ownership or control.

Final Thoughts

If increasing cash flow is your goal, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians. Once more: iwin.sharesfr.com is where to see what boring, cash-flowing investing looks like on the path to financial peace.

This is how I’m making real estate investing great again—for my family and hopefully for yours too.


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Interested in our systematic approach to real estate investing—the same one used by most of my podcast guests? Then check out:
📍 infinitywealth.ca/events

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Youtube-thumbnails-6.jpg 450 800 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2025-11-06 13:38:422025-11-07 21:56:25How Canadian Developers Are Using Grants to Fund Affordable Rentals (Without Giving Up Control)

How Canadians Actively Invest in America: E-2 Visa, Co-Living Strategy & Execution 

October 31, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: October 2025
Guest:️ Lauren Cohen, International lawyer and cross-border strategist
Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

Canadian investors are no longer waiting for Ottawa’s next move — they’re moving capital and opportunity south. In this episode, international lawyer and cross-border strategist Lauren Cohen explains how Canadians can actively invest in the U.S. using the E-2 visa and smart business models like co-living real estate.

The “Coveted” Visa: 
The E-2 visa allows Canadians to live in the U.S. while owning and operating a real business — typically granted in five-year renewable terms. It’s flexible, family-friendly (the spouse can work anywhere), and perfect for entrepreneurs who want to turn investments into lifestyle freedom. 

Active, Not Passive: 
Purely passive rentals don’t qualify for E-2 purposes. Lauren’s team builds operating businesses around real estate assets, ensuring they meet visa requirements and produce sustainable income. Most investors start with US$100–150K in capital to establish a credible, scalable structure. 

The Co-Living Edge: 
Think of co-living as co-working for housing — multiple tenants renting by the room with ensuite baths. In affordable, growth markets like Jacksonville, Houston, and Atlanta, these models can produce 14–16% cap rates with professional management and affordable entry points around US$300–350K. 

Timing Is Everything: 
Visa policy shifts can happen overnight. Canadians considering a move should structure their entities and business plans early, before new fees or restrictions appear. 

Next Steps: 
If you’re ready to combine immigration strategy, business execution, and cash-flow real estate, visit InvestingAcrossBorders.net to learn more or book a strategy session with Lauren Cohen. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here


10 Rapid Fire Q&A

  1. What is an E-2 visa for Canadians? 
    A renewable five-year visa that lets Canadians live in the U.S. while owning and operating a substantial business. 
  1. Can passive real estate qualify for E-2? 
    No — you must actively run a real, revenue-generating enterprise such as a co-living operation or service-based company. 
  1. How much investment do Canadians need for E-2? 
    Typically US$100K–150K, though higher investments demonstrate stronger credibility and sustainability. 
  1. What is co-living real estate? 
    A model where investors rent rooms by the door — like co-working for housing — yielding higher cash flow and flexibility. 
  1. Best U.S. markets for co-living in 2025? 
    Jacksonville, Houston, and Atlanta — affordable entry, job growth, and strong rental demand. 
  1. How much capital do I need to start? 
    Expect ~US$150K all-in, including 30% down and setup costs. 
  1. Why are Canadians shifting investments to the U.S.? 
    Better cash flow, more business-friendly policies, and visa-linked opportunities for lifestyle flexibility. 
  1. How quickly can U.S. visa rules change? 
    Changes can occur within 24 hours via presidential proclamations — proactive setup is essential. 
  1. Can my spouse work in the U.S. on an E-2 visa? 
    Yes, the E-2 spouse can work anywhere in the United States. 
  1. Where can Canadians learn about cross-border investing? 
    Visit InvestingAcrossBorders.net for resources, webinars, and personalized strategy sessions. 

📜 Full Transcript

The full, cleaned transcript of my conversation with Lauren Cohen is available here for anyone who wants to dive deeper.

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/how-canadians-actively-invest-in-america-e-2-visa-co/id1100488294?i=1000734435194

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/episode/6YnZZ4vwLiepqzYhpT5FS3?si=b17b2feef85943eb

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/6f858e03-a030-435b-8305-fcba7788eeb7/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-how-canadians-actively-invest-in-america-e-2-visa-co-living-strategy-execution

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0FYQFT7FY?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/qDUbfZH-Pog

🦸‍♂️Household Hero? Here’s Your Next Step

If you’re a Canadian investor trying to build wealth safely and sustainably, Adam’s journey has valuable takeaways.

It might be time to revisit your current strategies—real estate, lending, or insurance—and ask:

  • Do your investments match your long-term goals?
  • Do you fully understand how your strategies work?
  • Would a more conservative approach offer better peace of mind?

Real estate remains a powerful tool for building wealth, especially with careful underwriting and due diligence. Insurance can be useful too—but only if it supports your broader financial goals.

Need help with conservative, peace-of-mind investing—backed by Wall Street-style due diligence—plus financial planning with your best interests at heart? 

📅 Book a call

Until next time, happy Canadian and USA Real Estate Investing.

Erwin Szeto,

Your Cross Border Investment Guy

Why I’m Investing in the U.S.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005. It’s been a great run—starting with properties in the $100Ks, now reaching $800K–$1M. How much higher can it go? I don’t know.

The remaining appreciation potential doesn’t justify the risk. That’s why I advise clients to look to the U.S., where rental properties range from $150K–$350K USD, with rents between $1,400–$2,600/month.

These cash-flowing numbers are night and day compared to Canada. Plus, landlords have rights, there’s no rent control, and income is in U.S. dollars—which are stronger than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe that U.S. dollars are stronger, ask 100 non-Canadians what they’d prefer to be paid in.

To regain control of your retirement, check out the cash-flow properties at:
👉 iwin.sharesfr.com

How SHARE Makes It Easier

The best part? My U.S. investments are more passive than my Canadian ones. I work with SHARE, an asset manager that guides me through the entire process.

SHARE helps with:

  • Finding quality income properties
  • Structuring the legal and tax side
  • Managing the property manager and insurance provider
  • Saving time and money with preferred rates

They even advise on when to refinance or sell. SHARE supports investors across the U.S., which is why I plan to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas. It’s like having a JV partner—without giving up ownership or control.

Final Thoughts

If increasing cash flow is your goal, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians. Once more: iwin.sharesfr.com is where to see what boring, cash-flowing investing looks like on the path to financial peace.

This is how I’m making real estate investing great again—for my family and hopefully for yours too.


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Interested in our systematic approach to real estate investing—the same one used by most of my podcast guests? Then check out:
📍 infinitywealth.ca/events

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Youtube-thumbnails3.jpg 450 800 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2025-10-31 14:46:552026-01-25 17:52:44How Canadians Actively Invest in America: E-2 Visa, Co-Living Strategy & Execution 

Apartments vs. Business Income: How Real Estate Investing Is Evolving in 2025

October 23, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: October 2025
Guest:️ Elizabeth Kelly, award-winning real estate investor, coach, and long-time educator 
Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

In 2025, the phrase “buy a duplex, add a suite, and live off the cash flow” doesn’t hit the same.  The numbers literally don’t work when existing suited houses can be acquired for less $$. 

Canadian investors in Ontario, Quebec and BC (so the vast majority) are waking up to a new reality: the old formulas don’t work anymore. Rates are higher, values are soft, and “passive income” is harder to find north of the border. 

So what’s next? 

To unpack that, I sat down with Elizabeth Kelly — an award-winning real estate investor, coach, and long-time educator who’s been through multiple market cycles. Elizabeth built a 100+ unit portfolio, ran a full property management business in Northern Ontario, and today coaches investors on how to build real cash flow and resilience. 

Her message was clear: the future of investing looks less like “apartments” and more like “businesses.” 

The New Reality: Cash Flow Is Built, Not Bought 

Back in the early 2010s, Elizabeth and her husband could buy small-town multis with 5% down, get conventional financing, and cash flow from day one. 

Fast-forward to 2025: those days are gone. 

“You can’t copy a 2016 playbook and expect it to work in 2025,” she says. “Today, you have to build cash flow — not hope for it.” 

That means thinking like an operator, not just a landlord. The investors winning today are adding business income inside their properties — things like short-term rentals, storage, office rentals, or service-based tenants (salons, laundromats, co-working). 

Her own Northern Ontario building is a 33,000-square-foot former seniors’ home with multiple income lines: long-term rooms, offices, Airbnb units, and a salon. 
One property. Many businesses. Real cash flow. 

The Problem With “Government-Backed” Investing 

In the last few years, everyone and their cousin has been chasing CMHC MLI Select financing. Cheap debt, long amortizations — what’s not to love? 

Elizabeth’s warning: don’t build your business on government promises. 

“I don’t trust the government to keep giving cheap money forever. If policy changes, your whole model collapses.” 

She insists her portfolio must work without CMHC. The government may subsidize your project today — but the policy winds shift fast. If your deal only works with special financing, it’s not a deal. 

 From FOMO to Fundamentals 

Elizabeth spends much of her coaching time helping investors get out of trouble — overleveraged BRRRRs, private loans at 10–12%, or multifamily flips stuck mid-renovation. 

The root cause? FOMO and blind trust. 

“Too many investors handed off their judgment to brokers or mentors without understanding the math,” she says. “Education comes before execution.” 

She and her husband once spent $65,000 on mentorship and courses — and she says it saved them hundreds of thousands in mistakes. 

In 2025, education isn’t optional. It’s survival. 

The “Buy Box” That Fits You 

Every investor has a buy box — whether they know it or not. It’s your unique mix of: 

  • Cash flow needs 
  • Risk tolerance 
  • Time commitment 
  • Tenant type comfort 
  • Capital available 

Elizabeth’s advice: stop copying someone else’s playbook. 
Your buy box should match your lifestyle — not your friend’s or your Instagram feed. 

If you’re too busy or risk-averse to self-manage tenants, consider passive, managed options like U.S. single-family rentals (SHARE) or private lending with conservative LTVs. 

If you’re hungry for higher returns, be ready to operate like a business owner — not a spectator. 

Partnerships and Private Lending: Trust, Verify, and Control 

After seeing partnerships implode, Elizabeth now only partners with people who bring capital, competence, and character. 

“My reputation is worth more than any one deal,” she says. 

For private lenders, she warns: if you’re not ready to take over the property, you’re not ready to lend. Always be on title, know your LTV, and underwrite the borrower’s plan yourself. 

And if you wouldn’t want to own that exact property in that exact neighbourhood? Don’t lend on it. 

 The End of “Passive” Canada? 

With high prices and thin margins, truly passive real estate investing in Canada is nearly extinct. 

That’s why more Canadians are exploring U.S. single-family rentals, where landlord laws are friendlier, PM fees are success-based, and you keep full title control. (That’s what we do at SHARE — simple, cash-flowing homes in stable markets.) 

Whether you go cross-border or stay local, the rule is the same: 
Control your income, don’t chase someone else’s yield. 

Life Balance, Cryo Therapy, and the Bigger Picture 

After all that talk about resilience, Elizabeth and I agreed on one more thing: take care of yourself. 

Her go-to recovery tool? CryoStrong in Markham and Scarborough — a two-minute, -120°F cold therapy chamber that boosts energy and reduces inflammation. 

Because at the end of the day, financial freedom means nothing if you’re too burned out to enjoy it. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

Final Thought 

Real estate is no longer a passive asset game. 
It’s a business — and your success depends on how well you can adapt, operate, and create value. 

“Build resilience and flexibility,” Elizabeth says. “Pivot faster than everyone else.” 


Rapid Fire: 10 Questions & Answers For Elizabeth Kelly 

  1. What real estate strategies still work for Canadian cash flow in 2025? 
    Mixed-use, legal STRs, and commercial-adjacent plays that add a business to the building—so you can force income instead of waiting for appreciation.  
  1. Should investors rely on CMHC/MLI Select for multifamily deals? 
    No—treat subsidies as bonus, not backbone; policy can change and derail financing timelines and exits.  
  1. How can I define a real estate “buy box”? 
    Match property type, tenant profile, market, and activity level to your goals, risk tolerance, and time—your buy box, not someone else’s.  
  1. Are partnerships safe for first-time investors? 
    Only if incentives, capital depth, and execution ability check out—and you can underwrite the deal yourself.  
  1. Is private lending still worth it in Canada? 
    Yes, when you’re on title at sensible LTVs, with clear recourse and a takeover plan; bad operators and weak collateral are the real risk.  
  1. What went wrong in New Brunswick for many investors? 
    Thin appreciation, higher non-owner property taxes, management challenges (even pests), and investor-driven price surges that weren’t sustainable.  
  1. How do I “force” cash flow without a gut reno? 
    Add income lines: furnished mid-term rentals, STR suites where legal, small offices, storage, vending, or service tenants that fit zoning.  
  1. What’s the fastest way to cut risk in a shaky portfolio? 
    Stabilize tenancy first, then refi/sell selectively; diversify income outside real estate to support debt coverage.  
  1. Is passive income realistic for Canadian residential rentals right now? 
    Rare—most “passive” plays need either business income add-ons or different markets (e.g., U.S. SFRs with aligned incentives). 
  2. What mindset do investors need in uncertain markets? 
    Resilience and flexibility: educate, pivot quickly, and balance optimism with brutal facts. 

📜 Full Transcript

The full, cleaned transcript of my conversation with Elizabeth is available here for anyone who wants to dive deeper into her journey as a real estate investor

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/apartments-vs-business-income-how-real-estate-investing/id1100488294?i=1000733146751

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/episode/2kn4yxTDairBBjX7Yw8xpe?si=Ag0sdiHlRRGsYKdLG4p6dg

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/37ec4987-4fe2-4e29-b93e-3928288c755f/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-apartments-vs-business-income-how-real-estate-investing-is-evolving-in-2025

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/podcast/ITEM-NAME/B0FVPQ5Z6M?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/hoIwjG-PJrA

🦸‍♂️Household Hero? Here’s Your Next Step

If you’re a Canadian investor trying to build wealth safely and sustainably, Adam’s journey has valuable takeaways.

It might be time to revisit your current strategies—real estate, lending, or insurance—and ask:

  • Do your investments match your long-term goals?
  • Do you fully understand how your strategies work?
  • Would a more conservative approach offer better peace of mind?

Real estate remains a powerful tool for building wealth, especially with careful underwriting and due diligence. Insurance can be useful too—but only if it supports your broader financial goals.

Need help with conservative, peace-of-mind investing—backed by Wall Street-style due diligence—plus financial planning with your best interests at heart? 

📅 Book a call

Until next time, happy Canadian and USA Real Estate Investing.

Erwin Szeto,

Your Cross Border Investment Guy

Why I’m Investing in the U.S.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005. It’s been a great run—starting with properties in the $100Ks, now reaching $800K–$1M. How much higher can it go? I don’t know.

The remaining appreciation potential doesn’t justify the risk. That’s why I advise clients to look to the U.S., where rental properties range from $150K–$350K USD, with rents between $1,400–$2,600/month.

These cash-flowing numbers are night and day compared to Canada. Plus, landlords have rights, there’s no rent control, and income is in U.S. dollars—which are stronger than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe that U.S. dollars are stronger, ask 100 non-Canadians what they’d prefer to be paid in.

To regain control of your retirement, check out the cash-flow properties at:
👉 iwin.sharesfr.com

How SHARE Makes It Easier

The best part? My U.S. investments are more passive than my Canadian ones. I work with SHARE, an asset manager that guides me through the entire process.

SHARE helps with:

  • Finding quality income properties
  • Structuring the legal and tax side
  • Managing the property manager and insurance provider
  • Saving time and money with preferred rates

They even advise on when to refinance or sell. SHARE supports investors across the U.S., which is why I plan to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas. It’s like having a JV partner—without giving up ownership or control.

Final Thoughts

If increasing cash flow is your goal, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians. Once more: iwin.sharesfr.com is where to see what boring, cash-flowing investing looks like on the path to financial peace.

This is how I’m making real estate investing great again—for my family and hopefully for yours too.


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Interested in our systematic approach to real estate investing—the same one used by most of my podcast guests? Then check out:
📍 infinitywealth.ca/events

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/ddd.jpg 450 800 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2025-10-23 15:57:032026-01-25 17:52:15Apartments vs. Business Income: How Real Estate Investing Is Evolving in 2025

️Why Canadian Multifamily Real Estate Still Makes Sense in 2025 – Insights from Alfonso Cuadra

October 17, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: October 2025
Guest:️ Alfonso Cuadra
Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

In a market clouded by uncertainty, rising interest rates, and inflation, Alfonso Cuadra—entrepreneur, educator, and founder of Wealth Genius—makes a compelling case for why Canadian multifamily real estate remains one of the most resilient and strategic investments in 2025. 

On this week’s podcast, Alfonso shares his journey from teenage father to financially free investor by age 30. With over 26 years of experience and thousands of students mentored, Alfonso has built a portfolio that spans Canada and the U.S., focusing on scalable multifamily assets, commercial financing, and long-term wealth strategies. 

Key Takeaways from the Episode 

  1. Bigger Is Better in Real Estate

    Alfonso explains why scaling up to larger multifamily properties reduces risk and increases cash flow. With more units, landlords can afford on-site staff and professional management, turning real estate into a business—not a job.

  2. Equity Over Expensive Debt

    He warns against overleveraging with private loans and promissory notes, calling them “the lazy way to raise capital.” In  contrast, Alfonso advocates for equity partnerships that share risk and reward, especially during market downturns.

  3. CMHC and MLI Select: Use Responsibly

    CMHC’s MLI Select program may offer attractive leverage, but Alfonso urges investors to approach it with caution. He highlights the importance of preparing for renewal risks and meeting debt coverage ratio (DCR) requirements. To ensure long-term stability, he recommends sticking with a standard 40-year amortization

  4. Secondary Markets Are the Future

    Alfonso’s strategy focuses on secondary markets within an hour of major cities like Toronto and Ottawa. As urban centers densify, these surrounding areas offer predictable growth and better affordability.

  5. Inflation Is Inevitable—Invest in Hard Assets

    With Canada needing 5 million homes by 2030 and inflation eroding purchasing power, Alfonso sees multifamily real estate as the ultimate hedge. “Numbers don’t lie,” he says. “Multifamily just makes sense.”

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

Upcoming Event: Expand Investor Conference 

Alfonso invites listeners to the Expand Investor Conference, happening October 31–November 2 in Mississauga. With over 50 presenters, breakout sessions, and networking opportunities, it’s Canada’s hottest real estate event. I, Erwin Szeto will also be speaking at the event.

Learn more: https://wealthgenius.ai 
Connect with Alfonso: https://instagram.com/alfonsocuadra 
Watch his developments: Canadian Real Estate Channel on YouTube 


Real Estate Investing in Canada: 2025 Q&A with Alfonso Cuadra 

  1. Why does Alfonso Cuadra prefer multifamily over single-family investing?
    Multifamily properties offer better cash flow, scalability, and risk distribution. With more units, landlords can afford professional management and avoid being hands-on.
  2. What’s the biggest mistake new investors make?
    Relying solely on property appreciation is speculation, not investing. Alfonso advises buying assets you’d be willing to hold for life.
  3. Why is commercial financing better for scaling real estate?
    Commercial mortgages focus on the asset’s performance, not personal income. This allows investors to scale even if they’re self-employed or have poor credit.
  4. What is Alfonso’s strategy for choosing markets in Canada?
    He targets secondary markets within an hour of major cities like Toronto or Ottawa. These areas are poised for growth and offer better affordability.
  5. How does Alfonso view CMHC and MLI Select financing?
    He uses MLI Select cautiously, warning that high leverage can backfire if debt coverage ratios aren’t met at renewal. Standard CMHC 40-year amortization is safer.
  6. What’s Alfonso’s stance on promissory notes and private lending?
    He strongly opposes unsecured loans like promissory notes, calling them risky and unsustainable. He prefers equity partnerships for long-term stability.
  7. Why is inflation a key reason to invest in real estate?
    Real estate is a hard asset that appreciates with inflation. Alfonso sees it as the best hedge against a weakening fiat currency system.
  8. What kind of developments is Alfonso building in 2025?
    He’s building stick-frame, 4–5 story multifamily buildings in secondary Ontario markets like Brockville and Arnprior. These are not subject to rent control.
  9. What’s the Expand Investor Conference about?
    It’s a 3-day event hosted by Wealth Genius, featuring 50+ presenters and breakout sessions. It focuses on optimizing portfolios and preparing for the global wealth transfer.
  10. Where can people learn more or connect with Alfonso Cuadra?
    Visit https://wealthgenius.ai or follow him on Instagram at https://instagram.com/alfonsocuadra. You can also find his developments on the Canadian Real Estate Channel on YouTube.

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

📜 Full Transcript

The full, cleaned transcript of my conversation with Alfonso is available here for anyone who wants to dive deeper into his journey as a real estate investor

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/why-canadian-multifamily-real-estate-still-makes-sense/id1100488294?i=1000732182131

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/episode/3biCf3AJnKuvyMxVEnxuzj?si=2oIH0RkHTx6cBlJm1pC6vQ

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/e11fd92a-1543-4fab-9514-d632668365b2/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-why-canadian-multifamily-real-estate-still-makes-sense-in-2025-%E2%80%94-insights-from-alfonso-cuadra

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0FWMB9H75?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/ceHJKGLbnEI

🦸‍♂️Household Hero? Here’s Your Next Step

If you’re a Canadian investor trying to build wealth safely and sustainably, Adam’s journey has valuable takeaways.

It might be time to revisit your current strategies—real estate, lending, or insurance—and ask:

  • Do your investments match your long-term goals?
  • Do you fully understand how your strategies work?
  • Would a more conservative approach offer better peace of mind?

Real estate remains a powerful tool for building wealth, especially with careful underwriting and due diligence. Insurance can be useful too—but only if it supports your broader financial goals.

Need help with conservative, peace-of-mind investing—backed by Wall Street-style due diligence—plus financial planning with your best interests at heart? 

📅 Book a call

Until next time, happy Canadian and USA Real Estate Investing.

Erwin Szeto,

Your Cross Border Investment Guy

Why I’m Investing in the U.S.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005. It’s been a great run—starting with properties in the $100Ks, now reaching $800K–$1M. How much higher can it go? I don’t know.

The remaining appreciation potential doesn’t justify the risk. That’s why I advise clients to look to the U.S., where rental properties range from $150K–$350K USD, with rents between $1,400–$2,600/month.

These cash-flowing numbers are night and day compared to Canada. Plus, landlords have rights, there’s no rent control, and income is in U.S. dollars—which are stronger than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe that U.S. dollars are stronger, ask 100 non-Canadians what they’d prefer to be paid in.

To regain control of your retirement, check out the cash-flow properties at:
👉 iwin.sharesfr.com

How SHARE Makes It Easier

The best part? My U.S. investments are more passive than my Canadian ones. I work with SHARE, an asset manager that guides me through the entire process.

SHARE helps with:

  • Finding quality income properties
  • Structuring the legal and tax side
  • Managing the property manager and insurance provider
  • Saving time and money with preferred rates

They even advise on when to refinance or sell. SHARE supports investors across the U.S., which is why I plan to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas. It’s like having a JV partner—without giving up ownership or control.

Final Thoughts

If increasing cash flow is your goal, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians. Once more: iwin.sharesfr.com is where to see what boring, cash-flowing investing looks like on the path to financial peace.

This is how I’m making real estate investing great again—for my family and hopefully for yours too.


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Interested in our systematic approach to real estate investing—the same one used by most of my podcast guests? Then check out:
📍 infinitywealth.ca/events

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Youtube-thumbnails-4.jpg 450 800 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2025-10-17 17:59:342026-01-25 17:51:25️Why Canadian Multifamily Real Estate Still Makes Sense in 2025 – Insights from Alfonso Cuadra

Quitting Government After 22 Years: Luis Rivas’ Journey from Speculator to Real Estate Coach

October 2, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: September 2025
Guest: Luis Rivas
Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast

After 22 years in the federal government, Luis Rivas made a bold move—he retired early, cashed in his pension, and pivoted into real estate investing and coaching. In this episode, Luis shares how he went from speculating on Ottawa condos to building a multifamily portfolio across Canada and the U.S., and eventually becoming a head coach at WealthGenius. 

Luis opens up about the emotional toll of leaving a secure job, the lessons learned during COVID, and the mindset shift required to thrive as an investor. He breaks down his strategy for underwriting multifamily deals, targeting 5–6% cap rates, and why he’s now looking south of the border for better returns and landlord-friendly policies. 

We also dive into the challenges of being a landlord in Ontario, the importance of property management, and why Canadians must invest to secure their retirement. Luis shares his formula for calculating how big your portfolio needs to be to hit your lifestyle goals—and why legacy planning matters more than ever. 

📍 Catch Luis at the Expand Conference in Mississauga, October 31–November 2, where he’ll be speaking alongside top investors. 
🎤 I, Erwin Szeto, will also be speaking at the event. 
📲 Connect with Luis: Instagram & YouTube — @cashflow.rivas 


Real Estate Investing & Coaching with Luis Rivas: Top Questions

  1. How did Luis Rivas transition from government work to real estate investing? 
    He retired early during COVID, cashed in his pension, and began coaching while building a multifamily portfolio. 
  1. What was Luis Rivas’ first real estate investment? 
    Two pre-construction condos in Ottawa, which he later sold due to poor cash flow and lack of appreciation. 
  1. Why does Luis prefer multifamily properties over condos? 
    Multifamily offers better cash flow, scalability, and commercial financing options, especially in secondary markets. 
  1. What cap rate does Luis target in his investments? 
    He aims for 5–6% cap rates, with property management included in the underwriting. 
  1. Why is Luis looking to invest in the U.S. market? 
    U.S. markets offer better cap rates, landlord-friendly laws, and more scalable property management systems. 
  1. What advice does Luis give to new investors? 
    Get educated, join a community, and design your portfolio based on your lifestyle goals—not arbitrary door counts. 
  1. How does Luis calculate the size of a portfolio needed for retirement? 
    He uses a formula based on monthly income goals, cash-on-cash return, and equity share to determine total portfolio value. 
  1. What are the risks of investing in rural or tertiary markets? 
    Limited financing, property management, and appreciation can cripple deals if not properly managed. 
  1. What is Luis’ take on Ontario’s rent control policies? 
    He believes they unfairly burden landlords and discourage investment, pushing many to look outside Ontario. 
  2. What asset classes is Luis exploring next? 
    He’s researching self-storage and care homes, especially in Texas, for their automation potential and lack of rent control. 

🎧 Listen to the full episode here

📜 Full Transcript

The full, cleaned transcript of my conversation with Luis is available here for anyone who wants to dive deeper into his journey as a real estate investor

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/pensions-vs-real-estate-which-really-builds-wealth/id1100488294?i=1000729706240

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/episode/7FtMpPavD0xMB8riqiayGc?si=WFCkN9wDTu-GJo8sf8Jhxw&nd=1&dlsi=3d5328e1d2b54a60

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/41112347-107b-407a-ab97-b7a674773e7b/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-pensions-vs-real-estate-which-really-builds-wealth

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0FTMP1RMM?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/mWBef5KN5W4

🦸‍♂️Household Hero? Here’s Your Next Step

If you’re a Canadian investor trying to build wealth safely and sustainably, Adam’s journey has valuable takeaways.

It might be time to revisit your current strategies—real estate, lending, or insurance—and ask:

  • Do your investments match your long-term goals?
  • Do you fully understand how your strategies work?
  • Would a more conservative approach offer better peace of mind?

Real estate remains a powerful tool for building wealth, especially with careful underwriting and due diligence. Insurance can be useful too—but only if it supports your broader financial goals.

Need help with conservative, peace-of-mind investing—backed by Wall Street-style due diligence—plus financial planning with your best interests at heart? 

📅 Book a call

Until next time, happy Canadian and USA Real Estate Investing.

Erwin Szeto,

Your Cross Border Investment Guy

Why I’m Investing in the U.S.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005. It’s been a great run—starting with properties in the $100Ks, now reaching $800K–$1M. How much higher can it go? I don’t know.

The remaining appreciation potential doesn’t justify the risk. That’s why I advise clients to look to the U.S., where rental properties range from $150K–$350K USD, with rents between $1,400–$2,600/month.

These cash-flowing numbers are night and day compared to Canada. Plus, landlords have rights, there’s no rent control, and income is in U.S. dollars—which are stronger than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe that U.S. dollars are stronger, ask 100 non-Canadians what they’d prefer to be paid in.

To regain control of your retirement, check out the cash-flow properties at:
👉 iwin.sharesfr.com

How SHARE Makes It Easier

The best part? My U.S. investments are more passive than my Canadian ones. I work with SHARE, an asset manager that guides me through the entire process.

SHARE helps with:

  • Finding quality income properties
  • Structuring the legal and tax side
  • Managing the property manager and insurance provider
  • Saving time and money with preferred rates

They even advise on when to refinance or sell. SHARE supports investors across the U.S., which is why I plan to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas. It’s like having a JV partner—without giving up ownership or control.

Final Thoughts

If increasing cash flow is your goal, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians. Once more: iwin.sharesfr.com is where to see what boring, cash-flowing investing looks like on the path to financial peace.

This is how I’m making real estate investing great again—for my family and hopefully for yours too.


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Interested in our systematic approach to real estate investing—the same one used by most of my podcast guests? Then check out:
📍 infinitywealth.ca/events

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Luis-Rivas.jpg 450 800 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2025-10-02 12:52:592026-01-25 17:49:18Quitting Government After 22 Years: Luis Rivas’ Journey from Speculator to Real Estate Coach

From Family Crisis to Debt-Free Kids: Holistic Wealth Planning in Action 

September 18, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: November 2022
Guest: Arminda Simao
Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast


Building a Wealth Plan with Student Rentals

When Arminda and her late husband Frank bought two student rentals near McMaster University in 2015, they weren’t chasing a trend. They were building a plan. With guidance from me as their Realtor and investment specialist, they targeted solid properties just outside the campus hot zone—close to transit and groceries—then upgraded them with student-friendly finishes and safety standards. The goal wasn’t door-count bragging rights; it was financial freedom for their family and a path to help their kids through school without debilitating debt.

Cash Flow and Stability Through Real Estate Investing

Within months, they owned two income properties, each configured for multiple student rooms. Rent supported expenses and created net cash flow—about $1,500/month across both houses—while giving their daughter Alexia a safe place to live during undergrad. The plan worked because it balanced fundamentals: quality renovations, conservative financing, and a steady rental niche with built-in turnover (students graduate, rents reset). 

The Role of Insurance and Pensions

Then life changed. Frank—healthy, proactive about checkups—was diagnosed with glioblastoma, an aggressive brain cancer, with a 12–18 month prognosis. Overnight, the plan’s resilience was tested. What carried the family wasn’t just real estate cash flow; it was the right mix of real estate, insurance, and a pension. A $100,000 critical illness payout created breathing room at diagnosis. Life insurance later provided stability. Most importantly, Frank’s union pension continued as survivor income for Arminda—a predictable cash flow for life. For most Canadian investors, that kind of pension is the dividing line between uncertainty and confidence in retirement.  

Insuring the Family vs. Insuring the Mortgage

Arminda also learned the difference between insuring the mortgage and insuring the family. During a refinance, the bank offered mortgage life insurance; they declined. After Frank’s passing, Arminda regretted that decision because the rental mortgages remained. The practical takeaway for Canadian investors: rather than lender-tied mortgage insurance (declining balance, lender as beneficiary), consider adding a death benefit to a personally owned life insurance policy. It’s flexible, portable across lenders, and allows the family—not the bank—to decide whether to retire debt, fund education, or reinvest.  

Student Rentals That Stand the Test of Time

Despite the hardship, the long-term outcomes speak for themselves. Alexia advanced through dental school; Leandro completed denturism and is working in his field. The rentals kept performing—even through the pandemic—thanks to student demand and disciplined operations. Arminda set high standards (safety, cleanliness, responsive maintenance), relied on her network (contractors, landscapers), and empowered tenants to help with showings and referrals. The result: strong retention, smooth turnovers, and market-aligned rents over time.  

Lessons for Canadian Investors 

  • Real estate builds wealth when you buy right, renovate to standard, and price for quality. 
  • Insurance provides liquidity and flexibility when life happens—critical illness and life insurance are not “nice to have”; they’re essential. 
  • Pensions sustain stability. If you don’t have a defined-benefit pension, build your own with positive-cash-flow income properties and pension-style solutions (segregated funds or annuities). 
  • Insure the family, not just the mortgage. Increasing personal life insurance death benefit typically beats mortgage insurance for flexibility and estate efficiency. 
  • Think holistically: real estate + insurance + pension + estate planning = resilience. 

This re-release is perfectly timed with our Wealth Summit 2025 and the launch of iWIN Wealth Planner—a holistic, one-stop shop for wealth planning. If you’ve ever wondered, “Will I have enough to retire—and how much will I leave for my kids?”—Arminda’s story shows how a plan turns those questions into answers. 

Wealth Summit 2025 – September 27th, 2025 | Oakville & Online

We’re bringing back the same energy and insight that made our Wealth Hacker Conferences legendary, where Grant Cardone and Jesse Itzler once took the stage, but this year, the focus is on what really matters for long-term financial freedom:

  • Best practices in financial and estate planning
  • How to build or replace a pension
  • Protecting your wealth and minimizing taxes legally
  • Wills, power of attorney, and intergenerational wealth transfer

This will be an intimate, high-impact event with only 40 in-person seats in Oakville, plus limited online access. If you’re serious about securing your financial future, you won’t want to miss it.

🎟️ Save your spot now
⚡ Don’t wait—seats are already filling up!


10 Essential Q&As on Real Estate, Insurance, and Building Your Own Pension 

1. What’s the safest starting strategy for Canadian real estate investors?

Focus on student rentals near transit and groceries, renovated to a high standard with proper life-safety. This niche offers steady demand and natural turnover for rent resets.

2. How did real estate help Arminda achieve financial freedom?

Two cash-flowing student rentals generated about $1,500/month combined and provided housing for her daughter. That income, plus long-term appreciation, supported her family through a health crisis.

3. What role did insurance play in Arminda’s plan?

Critical illness paid $100,000 at diagnosis and life insurance provided tax-free funds later. Together they gave liquidity and stability when it mattered most.

4. Why is a pension so critical for retirement planning?

Frank’s union pension became lifetime survivor income for Arminda, providing predictable cash flow independent of markets or tenants. For many Canadian investors, a pension is the biggest factor in sustainable retirement.

5. Mortgage insurance vs. personal life insurance—what’s better?

Increasing a personal life insurance death benefit is usually superior to lender mortgage insurance. It’s flexible, portable, level coverage, and your family—not the bank—controls the payout.

6. How can investors without a workplace pension build one?

Combine positive cash-flow income properties with pension-style solutions like segregated funds or annuities. This creates reliable income streams that mimic a defined-benefit pension.

7. Did student rentals hold up during the pandemic?

Arminda had only a brief vacancy period, and demand rebounded strongly, with room rents moving higher. Quality properties in the right micro-market fared well.

8. What makes a student rental competitive?

Clean, safe renovations; responsive maintenance; and proximity to McMaster University, transit, and grocery options. Tenants will pay for quality and convenience.

9. How did estate planning affect Arminda’s outcome?

Wills, POAs, and beneficiary designations simplified decisions during crisis. The family’s existing life insurance and pension coordination made the transition manageable.

10. What’s the biggest takeaway for Canadian investors seeking financial freedom?

Holistic financial planning wins: real estate for growth, insurance for protection, and pensions (or pension replacements) for stability. Don’t just insure the mortgage—insure the family.


🎧 Listen to the full episode here

📜 Full Transcript

The full, cleaned transcript of my conversation with Arminda is available here for anyone who wants to dive deeper into her family’s journey, the role of real estate, insurance, and pensions, and how holistic wealth planning can reshape your financial future.

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/financial-freedom-after-family-crisis-arminda-simaos/id1100488294?i=1000727352534

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/episode/51p1yn6DY4Rc6WBxs9wnUZ?si=Cp3P_mNzR0KxK0o3jLpg3A

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/be2f2772-fbab-4407-ad48-232ac0eef2d8/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-financial-freedom-after-family-crisis-arminda-simao%E2%80%99s-holistic-wealth-planning-in-action

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0FRN9S517?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/4yDmdldNkpU

🦸‍♂️Household Hero? Here’s Your Next Step

If you’re a Canadian investor trying to build wealth safely and sustainably, Adam’s journey has valuable takeaways.

It might be time to revisit your current strategies—real estate, lending, or insurance—and ask:

  • Do your investments match your long-term goals?
  • Do you fully understand how your strategies work?
  • Would a more conservative approach offer better peace of mind?

Real estate remains a powerful tool for building wealth, especially with careful underwriting and due diligence. Insurance can be useful too—but only if it supports your broader financial goals.

Need help with conservative, peace-of-mind investing—backed by Wall Street-style due diligence—plus financial planning with your best interests at heart? 

📅 Book a call

Until next time, happy Canadian and USA Real Estate Investing.

Erwin Szeto,

Your Cross Border Investment Guy

Why I’m Investing in the U.S.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005. It’s been a great run—starting with properties in the $100Ks, now reaching $800K–$1M. How much higher can it go? I don’t know.

The remaining appreciation potential doesn’t justify the risk. That’s why I advise clients to look to the U.S., where rental properties range from $150K–$350K USD, with rents between $1,400–$2,600/month.

These cash-flowing numbers are night and day compared to Canada. Plus, landlords have rights, there’s no rent control, and income is in U.S. dollars—which are stronger than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe that U.S. dollars are stronger, ask 100 non-Canadians what they’d prefer to be paid in.

To regain control of your retirement, check out the cash-flow properties at:
👉 iwin.sharesfr.com

How SHARE Makes It Easier

The best part? My U.S. investments are more passive than my Canadian ones. I work with SHARE, an asset manager that guides me through the entire process.

SHARE helps with:

  • Finding quality income properties
  • Structuring the legal and tax side
  • Managing the property manager and insurance provider
  • Saving time and money with preferred rates

They even advise on when to refinance or sell. SHARE supports investors across the U.S., which is why I plan to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas. It’s like having a JV partner—without giving up ownership or control.

Final Thoughts

If increasing cash flow is your goal, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians. Once more: iwin.sharesfr.com is where to see what boring, cash-flowing investing looks like on the path to financial peace.

This is how I’m making real estate investing great again—for my family and hopefully for yours too.


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Interested in our systematic approach to real estate investing—the same one used by most of my podcast guests? Then check out:
📍 infinitywealth.ca/events

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Youtube-thumbnails1.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2025-09-18 17:48:332025-09-18 17:48:36From Family Crisis to Debt-Free Kids: Holistic Wealth Planning in Action 

Solving Ontario’s Rental Crisis & Profiting—One Smart Building at a Time 

September 9, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: September 2025
Guest: Jimmy La and Kartik Singla, SDG Canada
Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast


Canada’s housing crisis isn’t going away—and developers like Jimmy La and Kartik Singla are stepping up with bold, scalable solutions. In this episode, I had an insightful conversation with the co-founders of SDG Canada about their ambitious infill development strategy, the benefits of CMHC’s MLI Select financing, and how their Clapperton Village project in Barrie is reshaping the rental landscape.

Key Takeaways

  • SDG Canada is building modular, energy-efficient rental housing tailored for multi-generational families. 
  • Their Clapperton Village development includes 100+ units across nine buildings, with plans to expand to 150. 
  • The project is powered by CMHC’s MLI Select program, allowing 95% financing and long amortization terms. 
  • Amenities include EV chargers, co-working spaces, gyms, and even air/water quality tracking. 
  • The Missing Middle Conference on Sept 12 at the Fairmont Royal York will bring together mayors, ministers, and developers to tackle housing challenges head-on. 

Why It Matters:

With Ontario falling short of its housing targets and immigration numbers rising, the need for smart, scalable rental housing has never been greater. SDG’s approach—low-rise, family-friendly, and financially viable—is a blueprint for the future.

Don’t Miss These Two Game-Changing Events

Missing Middle Conference – September 12th, 2025 | Fairmont Royal York, Toronto

Canada’s housing crisis won’t be solved by chance—it requires bold ideas and collaboration. That’s exactly what the Missing Middle Conference is all about. Hosted by Jimmy La and Kartik Singla of SDG Canada, this one-day event brings together the brightest minds in housing and development, including:

  • Mayor Olivia Chow (Toronto), the Mayor of Burlington, and other city leaders
  • Federal and Provincial Housing Ministers’ teams
  • Top developers, consultants, and investors
  • And of course, Erwin Szeto, host of The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians

If you care about the future of housing, want to understand how to profit from infill development, or are simply seeking to network with leaders driving change, this is where you need to be.

🎟️ Reserve your spot now at themmc.ca
💸 Use code MMC15% for 15% off tickets

Wealth Summit 2025 – September 27th, 2025 | Oakville & Online

After you’ve learned how to create millions through real estate development, it’s time to protect and multiply that wealth. That’s where the Wealth Summit 2025 comes in.

We’re bringing back the same energy and insight that made our Wealth Hacker Conferences legendary, where Grant Cardone and Jesse Itzler once took the stage, but this year, the focus is on what really matters for long-term financial freedom:

  • Best practices in financial and estate planning
  • How to build or replace a pension
  • Protecting your wealth and minimizing taxes legally
  • Wills, power of attorney, and intergenerational wealth transfer

This will be an intimate, high-impact event with only 40 in-person seats in Oakville, plus limited online access. If you’re serious about securing your financial future, you won’t want to miss it.

🎟️ Save your spot now
⚡ Don’t wait—seats are already filling up!


Smart Rental Development in Ontario: What You Need to Know

1. What is the Missing Middle in real estate?

The Missing Middle refers to housing types between single-family homes and high-rise condos—like duplexes, triplexes, and low-rise apartments.

2. Why is SDG Canada focused on infill development?

Infill allows them to add density in existing neighborhoods, using underutilized lots to build 6–60 unit rentals that meet real demand.

3. What is CMHC’s MLI Select program?

MLI Select is a financing program offering up to 95% loan coverage and long amortization for energy-efficient, affordable rental projects. 

4. How many units is SDG Canada currently developing?

They have 100 units in the pipeline across nine buildings, with plans to scale to 150 units in Barrie.

5. Why is Barrie a good market for rental development?

Lower land costs, supportive city planning, and proximity to new university campuses make Barrie ideal for scalable rental housing.

6. What kind of tenants are SDG’s buildings designed for?

Multi-generational families, professionals, and renters are seeking larger units with modern amenities. 

7. What amenities are included in Clapperton Village?

EV chargers, co-working spaces, gyms, saunas, air and water quality tracking, and shared outdoor areas.

8. Will MLI Select still be available in five years?

Yes—projects are grandfathered into the program with 50-year insured mortgages, making refinancing viable long-term.

9. How does modular construction help with sustainability?

It reduces waste, speeds up build time, and enables energy-efficient designs that exceed code by 45%.

10. What’s happening at the Missing Middle Conference?

Mayors, housing ministers, developers, and investors will gather to align on solutions for Canada’s housing crisis. 


🎧 Listen to the full episode here

📜 Full Transcript

The full, cleaned-up transcript from my conversation with the co-founders of SDG Canada is available here for anyone who wants to dive deeper into their infill development strategy, the role of CMHC’s MLI Select financing, and how Clapperton Village is reshaping the rental landscape in Barrie.

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/canadas-housing-crisis-the-missing-middle-conference-2025/id1100488294?i=1000725725920

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/episode/7cOMIueDkR3utoSJ8J4UuH?si=IY8j3GTvSli8icVpgvWFvg

Amazon Music:https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/930a-66d033586541/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-canada%E2%80%99s-housing-crisis-the-missing-middle-conference-2025

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/podcast/ITEM-NAME/B0FQ4GN8T7?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/pGa85Erc9us

🦸‍♂️Household Hero? Here’s Your Next Step

If you’re a Canadian investor trying to build wealth safely and sustainably, Adam’s journey has valuable takeaways.

It might be time to revisit your current strategies—real estate, lending, or insurance—and ask:

  • Do your investments match your long-term goals?
  • Do you fully understand how your strategies work?
  • Would a more conservative approach offer better peace of mind?

Real estate remains a powerful tool for building wealth, especially with careful underwriting and due diligence. Insurance can be useful too—but only if it supports your broader financial goals.

Need help with conservative, peace-of-mind investing—backed by Wall Street-style due diligence—plus financial planning with your best interests at heart? 

📅 Book a call

Until next time, happy Canadian and USA Real Estate Investing.

Erwin Szeto,

Your Cross Border Investment Guy

Why I’m Investing in the U.S.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005. It’s been a great run—starting with properties in the $100Ks, now reaching $800K–$1M. How much higher can it go? I don’t know.

The remaining appreciation potential doesn’t justify the risk. That’s why I advise clients to look to the U.S., where rental properties range from $150K–$350K USD, with rents between $1,400–$2,600/month.

These cash-flowing numbers are night and day compared to Canada. Plus, landlords have rights, there’s no rent control, and income is in U.S. dollars—which are stronger than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe that U.S. dollars are stronger, ask 100 non-Canadians what they’d prefer to be paid in.

To regain control of your retirement, check out the cash-flow properties at:
👉 iwin.sharesfr.com

How SHARE Makes It Easier

The best part? My U.S. investments are more passive than my Canadian ones. I work with SHARE, an asset manager that guides me through the entire process.

SHARE helps with:

  • Finding quality income properties
  • Structuring the legal and tax side
  • Managing the property manager and insurance provider
  • Saving time and money with preferred rates

They even advise on when to refinance or sell. SHARE supports investors across the U.S., which is why I plan to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas. It’s like having a JV partner—without giving up ownership or control.

Final Thoughts

If increasing cash flow is your goal, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians. Once more: iwin.sharesfr.com is where to see what boring, cash-flowing investing looks like on the path to financial peace.

This is how I’m making real estate investing great again—for my family and hopefully for yours too.


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Interested in our systematic approach to real estate investing—the same one used by most of my podcast guests? Then check out:
📍 infinitywealth.ca/events

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Youtube-thumbnailsS-1.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2025-09-09 17:44:102025-09-18 15:33:49Solving Ontario’s Rental Crisis & Profiting—One Smart Building at a Time 

From Townhomes to Development: Michael Ponte’s Contrarian Take on Real Estate Investing 

September 4, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: August 2025
Guest: Michael Ponte, the Founder of Savvy Investor
Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast


Welcome back to another episode of “The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians.” On this episode, I had the pleasure of welcoming back a four-time guest, my friend and seasoned investor, Michael Ponte. In our chat, he shared his perspective on how real estate investing has changed, his unique take on CMHC MLI Select financing, and the surprising connection between bodybuilding and disciplined investing.

The Evolution of Real Estate Investing

I’ve been in this game for a while, and it’s fascinating to see how the landscape has changed. Michael’s story is a great example. He started back in 2001 with a simple townhome in Edmonton, bought for just $78,000. It was an affordable entry point that offered solid cash flow. But as we discussed, those days are largely gone. That same property is now pushing $300,000, and the rent just hasn’t kept up. As Michael pointed out, the game has shifted. To make a deal work in today’s market, you often need to look at more complex strategies like development and intensive renovations.

A Contrarian View on CMHC MLI Select

In our community, CMHC MLI Select financing has a lot of buzz. But Michael offered a compelling counterpoint. He’s cautious about the trend of overleveraging and relying on government-backed financing to justify what he sees as overpriced deals. His concern is that many of these projects are priced at the very top of the market, leaving little room for error or a way to add value. He stressed that he still believes in the fundamental rule of “making your money on the buy” and prefers to focus on older multifamily properties where he can create value through smart renovations and operational improvements.

Bodybuilding and Real Estate: A Discipline-Driven Parallel

One of the most powerful moments of our conversation was when Michael opened up about his bodybuilding journey. After a serious health scare, he committed to an intense training and nutrition regimen, which led him to place in the top five in multiple competitions. He drew a brilliant parallel between the discipline, sacrifice, and mindset required for bodybuilding and what it takes to succeed in real estate. The lesson? Success isn’t about chasing the next shiny object; it’s about consistency and long-term discipline.

Key Takeaways

Real estate investing has moved beyond simple buy-and-hold strategies to require more complex development and value-add approaches.

  • CMHC MLI Select financing can be risky if used to justify a bad deal.
  • Discipline and long-term thinking are critical for success in both investing and life.
  • Treat your real estate ventures like a business with systems and a focus on scalability.
  • Stability and time are more valuable than chasing quick, flashy opportunities.

Bonus: Savvy Investor Summit

Bonus: Savvy Investor Summit

Before we wrapped up, Michael gave us a sneak peek into the upcoming Savvy Investor Summit, a free two-day virtual conference happening on September 13–14, 2025. It sounds incredible, with speed networking, an exhibitor hall, and over $10,000 in prizes, including a Caribbean cruise for two.

To find out more and register for the event, head over to: https://thesavvyinvestor.ca

Join Cherry Chan and me at the WEALTH SUMMIT 2025 on Saturday morning, September 27th, 2025. Seating is extremely limited, so block off your calendar now. We’ll also be broadcasting the event as a webinar. And yes—lunch is sponsored, so you can stick around and network with fellow investors. Save a spot for yourself now


Real Estate Investing in 2025: Contrarian Insights from Michael Ponte 

1. What is CMHC MLI Select, and why is it controversial among Canadian real estate investors?

CMHC MLI Select is a multifamily mortgage financing program offering high leverage and long amortization for apartment developments. Michael Ponte cautions that many investors rely on it to justify overpriced deals, increasing financing risk if market conditions shift.

2. Why are townhomes no longer a strong investment in the Canadian real estate market?

Townhomes that once offered solid cash flow now suffer from poor rental yields. Prices have surged while rents lag, collapsing the cash flow ratio and making them less viable for new real estate investors.

3. How has Canadian real estate investing evolved over the past two decades?

Investing has shifted from affordable townhomes to large-scale development projects and multifamily conversions. Michael Ponte emphasizes the need for adaptability and a disciplined investing mindset.

4. What are the risks of overleveraging in real estate development?

Overleveraging increases debt exposure and financing risk, especially in volatile markets. Michael warns that relying on aggressive financing structures can leave investors vulnerable to interest rate hikes and market corrections.

5. How does bodybuilding relate to real estate investor discipline?

Michael Ponte’s experience as a competitive bodybuilder taught him the value of consistency, sacrifice, and mental toughness. These traits directly translate to disciplined real estate investing and long-term success.

6. What is the Savvy Investor Summit, and who should attend?

The Savvy Investor Summit is a free Canadian real estate conference happening September 13–14, 2025. It’s designed for investors seeking business systems, networking, and expert insights across multifamily, development, and property management.

7. How can investors identify low ROI properties in their portfolio?

Michael recommends reviewing your portfolio for properties with poor cash flow or high management demands. Selling these underperforming assets can free up time and capital for stronger investments.

8. Why does Michael Ponte prefer older multifamily buildings over new developments?

Older multifamily properties offer better value-add opportunities through renovations and operational improvements. Michael believes they provide stronger returns and lower risk than high-priced new builds.

9. What mindset mistakes do new real estate investors often make?

New real estate investors often chase door count or flashy strategies without understanding business fundamentals. Michael stresses the importance of systems, scalability, and treating real estate as a long-term business.

10. Is the Canadian real estate market still viable for investors in 2025?

Yes, but strategies must evolve. Michael advises focusing on fundamentals, avoiding hype, and adapting to changing conditions in the Canadian real estate market in 2025.


🎧 Listen to the full episode here

📜 Full Transcript

The full, cleaned-up transcript from my conversation with Michael is available here for anyone who wants to dive deeper into the nuances of protecting themselves as an Ontario landlord and building a stress-free investment portfolio.

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/from-bodybuilding-to-real-estate-investing-michaels/id1100488294?i=1000725002855

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/episode/1gkYYhLHSFDZZr6ddVsnxM?si=4GA2cXr2QNeoC21mpARscA

Amazon Music:https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-from-bodybuilding-to-real-estate-investing-michael%E2%80%99s-24-year-investor-journey-lessons-learned

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/podcast/ITEM-NAME/B0FM8J4HPY?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

YouTube: https://youtu.be/4o4Vo0RVZ7w

🦸‍♂️Household Hero? Here’s Your Next Step

If you’re a Canadian investor trying to build wealth safely and sustainably, Adam’s journey has valuable takeaways.

It might be time to revisit your current strategies—real estate, lending, or insurance—and ask:

  • Do your investments match your long-term goals?
  • Do you fully understand how your strategies work?
  • Would a more conservative approach offer better peace of mind?

Real estate remains a powerful tool for building wealth, especially with careful underwriting and due diligence. Insurance can be useful too—but only if it supports your broader financial goals.

Need help with conservative, peace-of-mind investing—backed by Wall Street-style due diligence—plus financial planning with your best interests at heart? 

📅 Book a call

Until next time, happy Canadian and USA Real Estate Investing.

Erwin Szeto,

Your Cross Border Investment Guy

Why I’m Investing in the U.S.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005. It’s been a great run—starting with properties in the $100Ks, now reaching $800K–$1M. How much higher can it go? I don’t know.

The remaining appreciation potential doesn’t justify the risk. That’s why I advise clients to look to the U.S., where rental properties range from $150K–$350K USD, with rents between $1,400–$2,600/month.

These cash-flowing numbers are night and day compared to Canada. Plus, landlords have rights, there’s no rent control, and income is in U.S. dollars—which are stronger than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe that U.S. dollars are stronger, ask 100 non-Canadians what they’d prefer to be paid in.

To regain control of your retirement, check out the cash-flow properties at:
👉 iwin.sharesfr.com

How SHARE Makes It Easier

The best part? My U.S. investments are more passive than my Canadian ones. I work with SHARE, an asset manager that guides me through the entire process.

SHARE helps with:

  • Finding quality income properties
  • Structuring the legal and tax side
  • Managing the property manager and insurance provider
  • Saving time and money with preferred rates

They even advise on when to refinance or sell. SHARE supports investors across the U.S., which is why I plan to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas. It’s like having a JV partner—without giving up ownership or control.

Final Thoughts

If increasing cash flow is your goal, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians. Once more: iwin.sharesfr.com is where to see what boring, cash-flowing investing looks like on the path to financial peace.

This is how I’m making real estate investing great again—for my family and hopefully for yours too.


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Interested in our systematic approach to real estate investing—the same one used by most of my podcast guests? Then check out:
📍 infinitywealth.ca/events

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Youtube-thumbnailsx.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2025-09-04 15:43:042025-09-08 11:25:17From Townhomes to Development: Michael Ponte’s Contrarian Take on Real Estate Investing 

The Shocking Truth About Landlords in Ontario: 10 Fast Facts Every Investor Should Know

August 29, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A

Recorded: August 2025
Guest: Boubah, Co-Founder of the Small Ownership Landlords of Ontario (SOLO)
Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast


I’ll never forget our first non-paying tenant back in 2007.

The property was over 100 years old—charming in its own way—and brand new to us as owners. It was only our third investment property, and looking back… we really didn’t know what we were doing.

We missed obvious red flags, like the tenant’s SIN number being wrong. The two roommates were new to town, desperate for a place to rent, and we were too nice. We signed a lease. We accepted a personal cheque for the first and last month’s rent. And yes, we even handed over the keys before the cheque cleared. You know where this is going.

It was 2007, so expenses weren’t as brutal as they are today, but the ordeal still cost us around $10,000—including legal fees. The worst part? My partners were family. We were all upset, confused, and completely unprepared.

None of us even knew what an N4 was (a notice for eviction due to non-payment of rent). But our tenant sure did. When my family member handed him the notice at his workplace—Boston Pizza—he yelled at us to never come back.

Meanwhile, this same tenant was busy making himself at home—he even installed a heavy bag (the kind boxers use), drilled right into the living room ceiling. All while never paying a single dollar in rent. That was our introduction to Ontario’s rental system.

What no one told us in the early days was just how stacked the system is against landlords. How could I not change the locks on my own property when the tenant hadn’t even paid first and last month’s rent? Because if I did, the tenants could simply call the police—and in my experience, the police would side with them. The tenant. WTF?!

Fast Forward to Today…

It’s been nearly 20 years since that first painful lesson. Since then, I’ve coached more than 350 investor clients through their own journeys, and as a licensed Realtor since 2010, I’ve truly seen it all. And I can say with confidence: things have only gotten worse for landlords in Ontario.

That’s why I invited the co-founder of S.O.L.O. (Small Ontario Landlords Organization) onto my podcast. In this episode, we dive into the harsh realities of being a landlord in Ontario, where the system knows what’s broken, yet continues to side against landlords.

We talk about eviction parties, fraud teams, and how S.O.L.O. has grown into a 9,000-member grassroots movement. We also explore why so many Canadian investors are now looking south to landlord-friendly U.S. states—where the laws are clearer, the cash flow is stronger, and the risks are lower.

📅 Save the Date!

Cherry Chan and I are co-hosting an in-person meetup at our Oakville offices on Saturday morning, September 27th, 2025. Seating is extremely limited, so block off your calendar now. We’ll also be broadcasting the event as a webinar. And yes—lunch is sponsored, so you can stick around and network with fellow investors. Save a spot for yourself now

If you’re a landlord in Ontario—or thinking about becoming one—this episode is a must-listen. And if you’ve ever felt alone in the trenches, know this: you’re not. Tune in, learn, and let’s keep fighting the good fight… or, like me and so many frustrated landlords, consider taking the easier way out. 😊


🧠 10 Fast Facts Every Ontario Landlord Needs to Know

1. What is SOLO and who does it help?
SOLO (Small Ontario Landlords Organization) is a nonprofit that supports small landlords navigating Ontario’s rental system. It offers education, advocacy, and peer support to landlords facing tenant issues. 

2. Why is being a landlord in Ontario considered high risk?
Ontario landlords face long eviction timelines, limited legal recourse, and tenant-friendly laws that often delay resolution. The system is widely seen as stacked against property owners. 

3. How long does it take to evict a non-paying tenant in Ontario?
Evicting a non-paying tenant in Ontario can take 8 to 11 months, factoring in hearings, decisions, and sheriff scheduling. Professional tenants can stretch this process even longer. 

4. What is an N4 notice in Ontario real estate?
An N4 is a formal notice used by Ontario landlords to begin eviction proceedings for non-payment of rent. Many first-time landlords are unaware of this essential legal tool. 

5. Can landlords change the locks if rent isn’t paid in Ontario? 
No, Ontario law prohibits landlords from changing locks without a formal eviction order, even if rent hasn’t been paid. This legal restriction often surprises new landlords. 

6. What are eviction parties and why does SOLO organize them?
Eviction parties are community support events where volunteers help landlords clean up and emotionally recover after a tenant eviction. They reinforce that landlords are not alone. 

7. What is a professional tenant and why are they a problem? 
Professional tenants exploit Ontario’s rental laws to live rent-free for months by delaying hearings and abusing legal loopholes. They target small landlords who lack screening systems. 

8. Why are Ontario landlords investing in the U.S. instead? 
Many Ontario landlords are shifting to landlord-friendly U.S. states like Texas and Georgia for better cash flow, faster evictions, and stronger property rights. The risk-reward ratio is more favorable. 

9. What role does SOLO play in landlord advocacy?  
SOLO lobbies government officials, educates media, and supports legal reform to protect small landlords. It has met with the Premier and Minister of Housing multiple times. 

10. Is Ontario the worst jurisdiction for landlords in North America?
According to SOLO, Ontario is the only jurisdiction in North America where tenants can remain in a property without paying rent for extended periods. This makes it uniquely challenging for landlords. 


🎧 Listen to the full episode here

📜 Full Transcript

The full cleaned-up transcript from my conversation with Boubah is available here for anyone who wants to dive deeper into the nuances of protecting yourself as an Ontario landlord, navigating legal hurdles, and building a stress-free investment portfolio.

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/ontario-landlord-crisis-tenant-fraud-evictions-solo/id1100488294?i=1000724039750

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/episode/1gkYYhLHSFDZZr6ddVsnxM?si=4GA2cXr2QNeoC21mpARscA

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/episodes/0186684c-5f4a-48ab-bc77-637c9138dfec/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians-ontario-landlord-crisis-tenant-fraud-evictions-solo-ca-solutions

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/pd/B0FP5NFL51?source_code=ASSGB149080119000H&share_location=pdp

Youtube: https://youtu.be/M_wHsRgi50Y

🦸‍♂️Household Hero? Here’s Your Next Step

If you’re a Canadian investor trying to build wealth safely and sustainably, Adam’s journey has valuable takeaways.

It might be time to revisit your current strategies—real estate, lending, or insurance—and ask:

  • Do your investments match your long-term goals?
  • Do you fully understand how your strategies work?
  • Would a more conservative approach offer better peace of mind?

Real estate remains a powerful tool for building wealth, especially with careful underwriting and due diligence. Insurance can be useful too—but only if it supports your broader financial goals.

Need help with conservative, peace-of-mind investing—backed by Wall Street-style due diligence—plus financial planning with your best interests at heart? 

📅 Book a call

Until next time, happy Canadian and USA Real Estate Investing.

Erwin Szeto,

Your Cross Border Investment Guy

Why I’m Investing in the U.S.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005. It’s been a great run—starting with properties in the $100Ks, now reaching $800K–$1M. How much higher can it go? I don’t know.

The remaining appreciation potential doesn’t justify the risk. That’s why I advise clients to look to the U.S., where rental properties range from $150K–$350K USD, with rents between $1,400–$2,600/month.

These cash-flowing numbers are night and day compared to Canada. Plus, landlords have rights, there’s no rent control, and income is in U.S. dollars—which are stronger than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe that U.S. dollars are stronger, ask 100 non-Canadians what they’d prefer to be paid in.

To regain control of your retirement, check out the cash-flow properties at:
👉 iwin.sharesfr.com

How SHARE Makes It Easier

The best part? My U.S. investments are more passive than my Canadian ones. I work with SHARE, an asset manager that guides me through the entire process.

SHARE helps with:

  • Finding quality income properties
  • Structuring the legal and tax side
  • Managing the property manager and insurance provider
  • Saving time and money with preferred rates

They even advise on when to refinance or sell. SHARE supports investors across the U.S., which is why I plan to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas. It’s like having a JV partner—without giving up ownership or control.

Final Thoughts

If increasing cash flow is your goal, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians. Once more: iwin.sharesfr.com is where to see what boring, cash-flowing investing looks like on the path to financial peace.

This is how I’m making real estate investing great again—for my family and hopefully for yours too.


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Interested in our systematic approach to real estate investing—the same one used by most of my podcast guests? Then check out:
📍 infinitywealth.ca/events

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Youtube-thumbnails4.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2025-08-29 17:05:212025-09-08 11:25:20The Shocking Truth About Landlords in Ontario: 10 Fast Facts Every Investor Should Know
Painting for Profit: Maximizing Renovation ROI with Brian Young of Home Painters Toronto

Painting for Profit: Maximizing Renovation ROI with Brian Young of Home Painters Toronto

August 19, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Hanifah A
Painting for Profit: Maximizing Renovation ROI with Brian Young of Home Painters Toronto

Recorded: August 2025
Guest: Brian Young, Founder and CEO of Home Painters Toronto
Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast


When it comes to getting top dollar for your property—whether selling or renting—painting is one of the highest-ROI renovations you can make. This week on The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians, I sat down with Brian Young, founder and CEO of Home Painters Toronto, the city’s top-rated painting company.

With over 37 years in business, $3M+ in annual revenue, and more than 17,000 completed projects, Brian has mastered the art (and science) of delivering quality renovations quickly and profitably. His client list includes homeowners, landlords, and real estate agents who know that first impressions sell homes.

From Student Painter to Industry Leader

Brian launched Home Painters Toronto in 1987 while still a student at York University. What began as a summer job quickly evolved into a thriving business. Over the decades, Brian adapted to changing markets, shifting from cold-calling to a sophisticated online marketing machine, complete with SEO, social media, and review optimization.

Investor-Friendly Renovations That Pay Off

For real estate investors, every dollar counts. Brian recommends:

  • Prioritizing walls: Light, neutral colors like Decorator’s White, Cloud Cover, or Silver Satin appeal to the widest audience.
  • Targeting first impressions: Focus on the front door, entryway, kitchen, and main living spaces before secondary rooms.
  • Avoiding over-customization: Skip accent walls and bold colors when prepping for sale or rent.

Considering vinyl plank flooring over laminate for rentals—durable, water-resistant, and cost-effective.

Mistakes to Avoid

Brian has seen it all. Among the most common investor missteps:

  • Spending money where there’s no ROI, like removing stucco ceilings unnecessarily.
  • Neglecting small but impactful repairs, such as damaged trim or worn door handles.
  • Hiring trades without clear expectations or inspection schedules.

The Systems Behind a $3M Business

Incredibly, Brian has 8X’d his business while cutting his hours. His keys:

  • Switching from subcontractors to in-house crews for better quality control.
  • Using SOPs (Standard Operating Procedures) for every job.
  • Leveraging virtual assistants and overseas talent for admin work.
  • Holding team members accountable with daily photo updates and weekly calls.

Why Now is the Time to Renovate

With material and labor costs back to pre-pandemic levels, Brian says investors with cash should act now. “During COVID, costs were up 30–40% across the board. Now we’re back to 2018–2019 pricing—if you can renovate now, you’ll save.”

Learn More

If you’re in the GTA and want a free quote, visit HomePaintersToronto.com or call 416-494-9095. Even if you’re outside the area, Brian is happy to share advice from his 37 years in business.


🧠 8 Renovation Q&As Every Real Estate Investor Should Know

1. What is the highest-ROI renovation for selling a home?
Painting is often the best return-on-investment renovation, especially when focusing on main living areas, kitchens, and the front entrance.

2. Which paint colors appeal most to buyers?
Light, neutral shades like Decorator’s White, Cloud Cover, and Silver Satin work best for broad market appeal.

3. Should I replace or paint my kitchen cabinets?
Painting or spraying cabinets can cost 70–80% less than replacing them, making it the smarter choice in most cases.

4. What’s the best flooring for rental properties?
Vinyl plank flooring is durable, water-resistant, and more cost-effective than laminate or hardwood for rentals.

5. How can investors control renovation quality?
Set clear expectations in writing, inspect key milestones, and require photo updates from contractors.

6. What renovations should investors avoid before selling?
Skip personal design touches, unnecessary stucco removal, and painting rarely-seen spaces like closets.

7. Are renovation costs lower now than during COVID?
Yes—labor and materials have largely returned to pre-pandemic prices, making now a good time to renovate.

8. Why switch from subcontractors to employees in a renovation business?
Employees allow for more consistent quality control, easier implementation of SOPs, and stronger accountability.


🎧 Listen to the full episode here

📜 Full Transcript

The full cleaned-up transcript from my conversation with Brian Young is available here for anyone who wants to dive deeper into the nuances of painting for profit, building a successful business, and investor-friendly renovations

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://itunes.apple.com/ca/podcast/truth-about-real-estate-investing…/id1100488294

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/6Z8yd37AQfQI5DK0J0Xwzz

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/podcast/The-Truth-About-Real-Estate-Investing-for-Canadians/B08JJS91WR

Youtube: https://youtu.be/ro2A_7ds-ao

🦸‍♂️Household Hero? Here’s Your Next Step

If you’re a Canadian investor trying to build wealth safely and sustainably, Adam’s journey has valuable takeaways.

It might be time to revisit your current strategies—real estate, lending, or insurance—and ask:

  • Do your investments match your long-term goals?
  • Do you fully understand how your strategies work?
  • Would a more conservative approach offer better peace of mind?

Real estate remains a powerful tool for building wealth, especially with careful underwriting and due diligence. Insurance can be useful too—but only if it supports your broader financial goals.

Need help with conservative, peace-of-mind investing—backed by Wall Street-style due diligence—plus financial planning with your best interests at heart? 

📅 Book a call

Until next time, happy Canadian and USA Real Estate Investing.

Erwin Szeto,

Your Cross Border Investment Guy

Why I’m Investing in the U.S.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005. It’s been a great run—starting with properties in the $100Ks, now reaching $800K–$1M. How much higher can it go? I don’t know.

The remaining appreciation potential doesn’t justify the risk. That’s why I advise clients to look to the U.S., where rental properties range from $150K–$350K USD, with rents between $1,400–$2,600/month.

These cash-flowing numbers are night and day compared to Canada. Plus, landlords have rights, there’s no rent control, and income is in U.S. dollars—which are stronger than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe that U.S. dollars are stronger, ask 100 non-Canadians what they’d prefer to be paid in.

To regain control of your retirement, check out the cash-flow properties at:
👉 iwin.sharesfr.com

How SHARE Makes It Easier

The best part? My U.S. investments are more passive than my Canadian ones. I work with SHARE, an asset manager that guides me through the entire process.

SHARE helps with:

  • Finding quality income properties
  • Structuring the legal and tax side
  • Managing the property manager and insurance provider
  • Saving time and money with preferred rates

They even advise on when to refinance or sell. SHARE supports investors across the U.S., which is why I plan to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas. It’s like having a JV partner—without giving up ownership or control.

Final Thoughts

If increasing cash flow is your goal, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians. Once more: iwin.sharesfr.com is where to see what boring, cash-flowing investing looks like on the path to financial peace.

This is how I’m making real estate investing great again—for my family and hopefully for yours too.


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Interested in our systematic approach to real estate investing—the same one used by most of my podcast guests? Then check out:
📍 infinitywealth.ca/events

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Youtube-thumbnails1.png 720 1280 Hanifah A https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Hanifah A2025-08-19 15:42:362025-08-19 19:47:45Painting for Profit: Maximizing Renovation ROI with Brian Young of Home Painters Toronto

From False Start to 5 Duplexes, a Ski Chalet, and Ground-Up Development: How Increasing Complexity Drives Returns Today

August 15, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by truthaboutrealestateinvesting_urdkth

 

In 2003, a Canadian couple was eager to invest in real estate. They joined REIN, took the quick start weekend course, and learned the basics. But like many would-be investors, they stalled before buying their first property. The perceived barriers felt too high. Looking back, they admit that 2003 was an incredible buying opportunity — one they completely missed.

Not Understanding Hard, Scarce Assets and the Monetary System

By 2009, they finally took the plunge, buying a two-bedroom townhouse in Windsor. But their understanding of real estate was incomplete.
They knew about cash flow and mortgage paydown, but they didn’t grasp the third wealth driver: equity appreciation — especially how it’s tied to monetary policy and money printing.

After the 2008–2009 financial crisis, central banks responded with massive money creation. This was the starting gun for one of the greatest real estate bull runs in history. But at the time, they didn’t see it. Nervous about prices and the economy, they sold the townhouse for a small loss. Today, that same property would likely be worth four times as much.

The Comeback: Five Duplex Conversions in 15 Months

It wasn’t until 2017 that they committed fully. Inspired by re-reading Real Estate Investing in Canada while on vacation, they bought five single-family homes in Cobourg, Ontario, and converted them into duplexes — all in just 15 months.

The strategy worked. They targeted “awesome assets in awesome locations” — downtown, near the beach, and within walking distance to top schools. At the time, purchase prices of $420K plus $60–80K in renovations could be refinanced for $550K, enabling them to recycle capital quickly.

When the Math No Longer Works

Fast forward to today: those Cobourg properties are still owned, but high interest rates and today’s pricing have changed the picture. Two are cash-flow positive; four are not. With purchase prices now in the $750K–$850K range and renovations easily hitting $150K, new acquisitions simply don’t make sense.

The conclusion is blunt: If the spreadsheet doesn’t show positive cash flow after all costs, it’s not worth doing.

Pivoting to Lifestyle-Driven, Scarce Asset Investing

The answer wasn’t to quit real estate — it was to pivot.
The focus shifted to properties that are not only financially sound but also scarce and personally meaningful. That led to purchasing a luxury six-bedroom, ski-in/ski-out short-term rental in Mont-Tremblant.

Why Tremblant? Regulatory clarity, year-round demand, and true scarcity. There are only about 25 six-bedroom-plus STR properties on the mountain. The property commands up to $5,000 a night during peak season, and underwriting ensures it breaks even after all costs — property management, maintenance, and repairs — while serving as a vacation home.

The Next Step: Ground-Up Development

With the numbers no longer working for simple buy-and-hold rentals, the next logical move was into more complex, higher-return projects. The latest venture is a ground-up commercial development in Southwestern Ontario — a leap that combines market knowledge, a trusted partnership, and years of experience managing risk.

It’s part of a broader investment philosophy: as markets change, so must the investor. Where once a basic duplex conversion could deliver solid returns, today’s environment often requires greater complexity, higher risk, and more creativity to make the math work.

Looking Ahead: More Complexity, More Opportunity

The portfolio now spans:

  1. Five duplex conversions in prime Cobourg locations
  2. A luxury ski-in/ski-out short-term rental in Mont-Tremblant
  3. A ground-up commercial development project underway

There’s also an eye on U.S. real estate for its landlord-friendly laws, better cash flow potential, and diversification benefits.

The core philosophy remains the same: own hard, scarce, uncorrelated assets — a private business, quality real estate in prime locations, and Bitcoin.

In a market where the easy wins are gone, this journey is a reminder that the math matters, scarcity wins, and adaptability is the real competitive edge.

Or… You Could Skip the Complexity Entirely

Not everyone wants to take on $2-million luxury ski rentals or ground-up development projects that require years of work, carry substantial risk, and often feel like another full-time job.

That’s why there’s SHARE — the alternative for Canadian investors who want:

  • Positive cash flow from day one
  • Low-interest financing
  • Passive, done-for-you investing in landlord-friendly U.S. markets

With SHARE, you get the benefits of owning income property without the headaches of sourcing deals, managing renovations, or dealing with tenants. Your investment works for you from day one — simply, securely, and profitably.

Learn more and get started today at http://iwin.sharesfr.com

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://itunes.apple.com/ca/podcast/truth-about-real-estate-investing…/id1100488294

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/6Z8yd37AQfQI5DK0J0Xwzz

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/podcast/The-Truth-About-Real-Estate-Investing-for-Canadians/B08JJS91WR

Youtube: https://youtube/qUJsfEvjkaU

 

🦸‍♂️Household Hero? Here’s Your Next Step

If you’re a Canadian investor trying to build wealth safely and sustainably, Adam’s journey has valuable takeaways.

It might be time to revisit your current strategies—real estate, lending, or insurance—and ask:

  • Do your investments match your long-term goals?

  • Do you fully understand how your strategies work?

  • Would a more conservative approach offer better peace of mind?

Real estate remains a powerful tool for building wealth, especially with careful underwriting and due diligence. Insurance can be useful too—but only if it supports your broader financial goals.

Need help with conservative, peace-of-mind investing—backed by Wall Street-style due diligence—plus financial planning with your best interests at heart? 

📅 Book a call

Until next time, happy Canadian and USA Real Estate Investing.

Erwin Szeto,

Your Cross Border Investment Guy

Why I’m Investing in the U.S.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005. It’s been a great run—starting with properties in the $100Ks, now reaching $800K–$1M. How much higher can it go? I don’t know.

The remaining appreciation potential doesn’t justify the risk. That’s why I advise clients to look to the U.S., where rental properties range from $150K–$350K USD, with rents between $1,400–$2,600/month.

These cash-flowing numbers are night and day compared to Canada. Plus, landlords have rights, there’s no rent control, and income is in U.S. dollars—which are stronger than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe that U.S. dollars are stronger, ask 100 non-Canadians what they’d prefer to be paid in.

To regain control of your retirement, check out the cash-flow properties at:
👉 iwin.sharesfr.com

How SHARE Makes It Easier

The best part? My U.S. investments are more passive than my Canadian ones. I work with SHARE, an asset manager that guides me through the entire process.

SHARE helps with:

  • Finding quality income properties
  • Structuring the legal and tax side
  • Managing the property manager and insurance provider
  • Saving time and money with preferred rates

They even advise on when to refinance or sell. SHARE supports investors across the U.S., which is why I plan to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas. It’s like having a JV partner—without giving up ownership or control.

Final Thoughts

If increasing cash flow is your goal, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians. Once more: iwin.sharesfr.com is where to see what boring, cash-flowing investing looks like on the path to financial peace.

This is how I’m making real estate investing great again—for my family and hopefully for yours too.


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Interested in our systematic approach to real estate investing—the same one used by most of my podcast guests? Then check out:
📍 infinitywealth.ca/events

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Youtube-thumbnails-2.png 720 1280 truthaboutrealestateinvesting_urdkth https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png truthaboutrealestateinvesting_urdkth2025-08-15 13:10:452025-08-15 13:29:10From False Start to 5 Duplexes, a Ski Chalet, and Ground-Up Development: How Increasing Complexity Drives Returns Today

Legal Landmines in Real Estate JVs – with Shawn Quigg

August 5, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Sadia R

Recorded: June 2025
Guest: Shawn Quigg, Co-Founder of Cardinal Law
Host: Erwin Szeto, The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians Podcast


If you’ve ever structured or invested in a joint venture, lent privately, or raised capital in Canadian real estate — this episode is essential listening. My guest, real estate and corporate lawyer Shawn Quigg, specializes in cleaning up deals gone wrong. And in this conversation, we unpack how to structure your partnerships, protect yourself legally, and raise capital the right way — without setting off securities alarms.

Here’s what we cover:

  • Why so many real estate joint ventures fail in 2024–2025
  • The difference between safe JV structures vs. risky shortcuts
  • How registered funds (RRSPs, TFSAs) can be legally used to invest in real estate
  • What lenders need to know before offering private mortgages
  • The rising popularity — and complexity — of CMHC’s MLI Select program

If you’re in the business of borrowing money, managing investor funds, or buying in partnerships — this episode is for you.


🧠 5 Real Estate Law Q&As for Canadian Investors

1. What is the most common legal mistake in real estate joint ventures?
Failing to have a detailed, lawyer-reviewed JV agreement is the top mistake. Verbal or vague contracts lead to expensive disputes when expectations aren’t aligned.

2. Can I legally raise money from friends or family to buy real estate in Canada?
Yes — but you must follow securities exemptions like the friends/family/business associate rule, and ideally work with an exempt market dealer. Always document everything with proper legal agreements.

3. Are RRSPs and TFSAs allowed in real estate investing?
Yes, but only through a limited partnership or mutual fund trust structure. You’ll also need an exempt market dealer if raising capital from the public.

4. What legal risks should private lenders watch for?
Private lenders should secure their loans with a registered mortgage, assignment of rents, and possibly a general security agreement (GSA). Legal remedies like power of sale can only help if the deal is structured properly.

5. How can I legally protect myself in a Canadian real estate JV?
Use a joint venture agreement or shareholders agreement that includes roles, dispute resolution, and an exit clause. Think of it as “deal insurance” that only costs a few thousand dollars — but saves tens of thousands later.


🎧 Listen to the full episode here

📜 Full Transcript

The full cleaned-up transcript from my conversation with Shawn Quigg is available here for anyone who wants to dive deeper into the nuances of deal structure, legal protection, and capital raising.

Ready to stop silent risks from wrecking your real estate business? Cardinal Law is offering Erwin’s listeners a free 1-on-1 corporate structure review ($500–$1,000 value) to help you lock down your asset protection and scale smartly. Just use code ERWIN. Click here to get started.

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://itunes.apple.com/ca/podcast/truth-about-real-estate-investing…/id1100488294

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/6Z8yd37AQfQI5DK0J0Xwzz

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/podcast/The-Truth-About-Real-Estate-Investing-for-Canadians/B08JJS91WR

Youtube: https://youtu.be/ro2A_7ds-ao

🦸‍♂️Household Hero? Here’s Your Next Step

If you’re a Canadian investor trying to build wealth safely and sustainably, Adam’s journey has valuable takeaways.

It might be time to revisit your current strategies—real estate, lending, or insurance—and ask:

  • Do your investments match your long-term goals?
  • Do you fully understand how your strategies work?
  • Would a more conservative approach offer better peace of mind?

Real estate remains a powerful tool for building wealth, especially with careful underwriting and due diligence. Insurance can be useful too—but only if it supports your broader financial goals.

Need help with conservative, peace-of-mind investing—backed by Wall Street-style due diligence—plus financial planning with your best interests at heart? 

📅 Book a call

Until next time, happy Canadian and USA Real Estate Investing.

Erwin Szeto,

Your Cross Border Investment Guy

Why I’m Investing in the U.S.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005. It’s been a great run—starting with properties in the $100Ks, now reaching $800K–$1M. How much higher can it go? I don’t know.

The remaining appreciation potential doesn’t justify the risk. That’s why I advise clients to look to the U.S., where rental properties range from $150K–$350K USD, with rents between $1,400–$2,600/month.

These cash-flowing numbers are night and day compared to Canada. Plus, landlords have rights, there’s no rent control, and income is in U.S. dollars—which are stronger than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe that U.S. dollars are stronger, ask 100 non-Canadians what they’d prefer to be paid in.

To regain control of your retirement, check out the cash-flow properties at:
👉 iwin.sharesfr.com

How SHARE Makes It Easier

The best part? My U.S. investments are more passive than my Canadian ones. I work with SHARE, an asset manager that guides me through the entire process.

SHARE helps with:

  • Finding quality income properties
  • Structuring the legal and tax side
  • Managing the property manager and insurance provider
  • Saving time and money with preferred rates

They even advise on when to refinance or sell. SHARE supports investors across the U.S., which is why I plan to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas. It’s like having a JV partner—without giving up ownership or control.

Final Thoughts

If increasing cash flow is your goal, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians. Once more: iwin.sharesfr.com is where to see what boring, cash-flowing investing looks like on the path to financial peace.

This is how I’m making real estate investing great again—for my family and hopefully for yours too.


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Interested in our systematic approach to real estate investing—the same one used by most of my podcast guests? Then check out:
📍 infinitywealth.ca/events

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Youtube-thumbnails.png 720 1280 Sadia R https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Sadia R2025-08-05 16:41:242025-08-05 16:41:27Legal Landmines in Real Estate JVs – with Shawn Quigg

Private Lending Gone Bad & Is the Infinite Banking Concept a Scam?

August 1, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by Sadia R

 

If You’ve Ever Wondered…

  • “Is whole life insurance actually a good investment?”
  • “Can I trust private lending deals that promise 10–12% returns?”
  • “How do I protect my money in a risky market?”

…you’re not alone. Adam Niman asked the same questions—and after more than 15 years in financial services and real estate investing, he’s got answers that might surprise you.

In a recent episode of The Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians, Adam pulled back the curtain on some of the most misunderstood—and oversold—financial strategies in Canada.

THREE Lessons for Canadian Investors

1. Be Skeptical of Anything That Sounds “Too Safe”

Participating life insurance is not a magic bullet. If someone promises guaranteed growth, tax-free wealth, flexible borrowing, and high returns—pause. Ask who benefits and follow the money. Like anything, do your own due diligence.

For transparency: my wife Cherry and I own participating whole life insurance for diversification and estate planning. Several of our friends and family do too. I agree with Adam—it’s not suitable for everyone. Just like investment properties or private lending, it depends on your situation.

Cherry and I invest directly in real estate—divesting from Ontario and growing in the U.S.—to build wealth. We use whole life insurance to diversify and for estate planning. It offers flexibility, conservative returns, and—most importantly—a way to cover the tax bill when we pass, helping preserve intergenerational wealth.

2. Don’t Lend Money Unless You’re Willing to Take Over the Property

This was a massive mistake I saw friends make in small-town Saskatoon and Northern Ontario. If you wouldn’t want to operate the property, don’t lend on it. That includes crack houses, boarded-up buildings, or sketchy, low-income neighbourhoods.

Always underwrite deals assuming the worst. If you’re not prepared to carry first, second, or third mortgages, renovate, refinance, or manage the property—you’re not a true lender. You’re a hopeful speculator.

3. It’s Okay to Fail—Just Learn Fast

Anyone who says they’ve never lost money hasn’t invested enough—or is lying. I’ve lost plenty, so I’m safe to trust :). For example, I have two Hamilton tenants behind on rent. One owes $10K, I’ve paid for paralegals, and both places had costly air conditioning issues.

Adam lost money on a Fortress Syndicate deal early on. But he didn’t quit. He took responsibility, tightened his criteria, used his own lawyers, and built better systems.

To Listen:

On iTunes: https://itunes.apple.com/ca/podcast/truth-about-real-estate-investing…/id1100488294

On Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/6Z8yd37AQfQI5DK0J0Xwzz

Amazon Music: https://music.amazon.ca/podcasts/40fe627d-dec7-4f5d-b7e5-90a550fffe46/the-truth-about-real-estate-investing-for-canadians

Audible: https://www.audible.ca/podcast/The-Truth-About-Real-Estate-Investing-for-Canadians/B08JJS91WR

Youtube: https://youtu.be/XuOYGFHJuKw

🦸‍♂️Household Hero? Here’s Your Next Step

If you’re a Canadian investor trying to build wealth safely and sustainably, Adam’s journey has valuable takeaways.

It might be time to revisit your current strategies—real estate, lending, or insurance—and ask:

  • Do your investments match your long-term goals?

  • Do you fully understand how your strategies work?

  • Would a more conservative approach offer better peace of mind?

Real estate remains a powerful tool for building wealth, especially with careful underwriting and due diligence. Insurance can be useful too—but only if it supports your broader financial goals.

Need help with conservative, peace-of-mind investing—backed by Wall Street-style due diligence—plus financial planning with your best interests at heart? 

📅 Book a call

Until next time, happy Canadian and USA Real Estate Investing.

Erwin Szeto,

Your Cross Border Investment Guy

Why I’m Investing in the U.S.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005. It’s been a great run—starting with properties in the $100Ks, now reaching $800K–$1M. How much higher can it go? I don’t know.

The remaining appreciation potential doesn’t justify the risk. That’s why I advise clients to look to the U.S., where rental properties range from $150K–$350K USD, with rents between $1,400–$2,600/month.

These cash-flowing numbers are night and day compared to Canada. Plus, landlords have rights, there’s no rent control, and income is in U.S. dollars—which are stronger than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe that U.S. dollars are stronger, ask 100 non-Canadians what they’d prefer to be paid in.

To regain control of your retirement, check out the cash-flow properties at:
👉 iwin.sharesfr.com

How SHARE Makes It Easier

The best part? My U.S. investments are more passive than my Canadian ones. I work with SHARE, an asset manager that guides me through the entire process.

SHARE helps with:

  • Finding quality income properties
  • Structuring the legal and tax side
  • Managing the property manager and insurance provider
  • Saving time and money with preferred rates

They even advise on when to refinance or sell. SHARE supports investors across the U.S., which is why I plan to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas. It’s like having a JV partner—without giving up ownership or control.

Final Thoughts

If increasing cash flow is your goal, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians. Once more: iwin.sharesfr.com is where to see what boring, cash-flowing investing looks like on the path to financial peace.

This is how I’m making real estate investing great again—for my family and hopefully for yours too.


Sponsored by… Me!

This episode isn’t sponsored—except by my wife Cherry and me. Real estate investing is our life. It’s helped us build wealth and achieve peace of mind about retirement and our children’s future.

Interested in our systematic approach to real estate investing—the same one used by most of my podcast guests? Then check out:
📍 infinitywealth.ca/events

Till next time—just do it. I believe in you.

Erwin Szeto
W: erwinszeto.com
FB: facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: @erwinszeto


Disclaimer

As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible investing, I want to disclose that I am an Advisor to SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental). I hold equity in the company and earn referral commissions from clients I refer.

My endorsement of their model—focusing on positive cash flow and direct ownership—is based on personal experience and belief. Still, every investor should do their own due diligence.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/07/Youtube-thumbnails-3.png 720 1280 Sadia R https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png Sadia R2025-08-01 14:35:092025-08-04 20:13:22Private Lending Gone Bad & Is the Infinite Banking Concept a Scam?

Subject-To + Seller Leasebacks: The Secret Playbook Canadians Need for Passive U.S. Real Estate

July 22, 2025/0 Comments/in podcast/by truthaboutrealestateinvesting_urdkth



🎧Podcast: The U.S. Real Estate Strategy No One Is Talking About in Canada

Featuring the Andrew Kims – The Secret Playbook

🎙️ [Listen to the episode here — https://youtu.be/DyvEbYkl6hg?si=bel1ldCGIiEnKmX5]

Back on the podcast for his third appearance is my friend and U.S. business partner, Andrew Kim. And let me tell you—this episode hits different.

Why?

Because we’re dropping fresh, high-impact knowledge on a U.S. real estate strategy that I’ve never seen used in Canada but is gaining serious traction across the States.

 What the Heck Is “Subject-To”?

In simple terms, a subject-to deal lets you take over a seller’s mortgage, without going through traditional financing. That means:

  • No banks
  • Lower interest rates
  • Faster closings
  • Tens of thousands in savings

Now combine that with a seller leaseback—where the seller becomes the tenant—and you’ve got a win-win for cash flow, control, and freedom.

Andrew’s Portfolio: 20+ Properties, 4 States, 0 Headaches

Andrew is not just talking theory. He’s living proof that Canadians can invest across the border without lifting a finger. With his company, SHARE, he manages over 20 properties in four U.S. states.

How?

By blending:

  • Silicon Valley-grade tech
  • Institutional property management
  • Creative deal structures

It’s real estate that runs like a tech company—and it’s built for freedom-seeking Canadians who want passive income and full ownership.

Inside This Week’s Episode: Here’s What You’ll Learn

Subject-To + Leasebacks = Passive Cash Flow

How these creative deals work in real life and why they’re perfect for Canadians entering the U.S. market.

Why Big Property Managers Say “No” to Some Deals

Understand what institutional managers avoid—and how that unlocks hidden gems for you.

Breaking Down the Big Fears for Canadians

We tackle the biggest objections:

  • “What about taxes?”
  • “What if the dollar shifts?”
  • “Isn’t U.S. investing risky?”

Andrew clears the air with real facts, plus how SHARE simplifies every step.

Want the Full Playbook?

 Grab your free guide:
How Canadians can invest in U.S. real estate passively with full ownership and no headaches.
👉 www.sharesfr.com

Final Word: Wealth Is More Than Money

This episode isn’t just about real estate.

It’s about using what we know to:

  • Build freedom
  • Live intentionally
  • And retire earlier than anyone told us was possible

If that’s what you’re after, then hit play and let this be your blueprint.


📞 Ready to build wealth with purpose? Book a call with me: https://iwin.sharesfr.com/

To Listen:

On Spotify: 

On YouTube: 

On Apple Podcasts: 

📜 Click to read the full transcript (Andrew Kim – U.S. Real Estate for Canadians)

How Canadians Are Investing in U.S. Real Estate With Institutional Tools — Featuring Andrew Kim of Share

From Frustration to Innovation: Why Share Was Born

Andrew Kim began his journey in U.S. real estate in 2011, buying properties in Florida. But as his portfolio grew, he noticed a gap: property managers were reactive, not growth-oriented. That insight led him to create Share, a tech-powered platform that helps Canadians invest passively in U.S. properties.

“I needed someone to build my portfolio, not just maintain it. So we built Share to act as an asset manager for everyday investors,” says Andrew.

How Andrew Grew to 20 Properties With Kids at Home

Managing properties across four U.S. states while raising three kids sounds impossible—but Andrew uses Share himself. The platform handles everything: sourcing, due diligence, tax planning, and even leasing and maintenance. Investors get scale and ease with minimal effort.

“I get my monthly report, see positive cash flow, and that’s it. It’s the best real estate experience I’ve had.”

AI and Data Are Changing the Investment Game

Share leverages big data and AI to give clients institutional-level insights and operations. From crime rates and school rankings to lease renewal schedules and franchise tax filings—everything is automated or monitored with precision.

  • Connects to national service providers that normally only serve billion-dollar firms
  • Uses AI to manage filings, taxes, and compliance across multiple states
  • Enables one person to oversee 1,000+ properties with tech-assisted workflows

Investing With $100K and Accessing Low-Interest Mortgages

Worried about 7%+ mortgage rates in the U.S.? Share helps clients secure “subject-to” deals, where they take over the seller’s existing low-rate mortgage—often with the seller staying on as a tenant.

With as little as $100,000 CAD, Canadians can invest in cash-flowing U.S. homes with built-in tenants, deferred renovation costs, and strong rental demand.

Why Now Is the Time

Despite high interest rates, rent demand in the U.S. remains strong. With home appreciation slowing, now is the window to buy before prices rise again.

“In the U.S., we’re still seeing low double-digit IRRs. The same can’t be said for most of Canada.”

Why the U.S. Is Better for Passive Real Estate Investing

  • Institutional property managers handle thousands of units with standard processes
  • Lease renewals are enforced annually—no indefinite tenants like in Ontario
  • States like Texas and Georgia remain landlord-friendly
  • U.S. properties often cost half or less per square foot compared to Canadian counterparts

“Where else can you buy a new single-family home for $245,000 USD next to a $65B Samsung chip plant?”

Don’t Wait on FX—You’ll Lose More to Appreciation

Many Canadians hesitate over the exchange rate. But Andrew advises acting now. “Waiting for a better FX rate might save 6%, but rising U.S. property values can easily outpace that in a few months.”

Want to Learn More?

👉 Visit: sharestates.com

👉 Book a free consult: Talk to Share

If you’re looking for hands-off U.S. real estate investing with institutional quality—this is your moment.

BEFORE YOU GO…

Before you go, if you’re interested in what kind of properties I am looking at in the landlord friendly states of the USA please go to iwin.sharesfr.com for what I consider the best investment for most Canadians, most of the time.

I’ve been investing in Ontario since 2005 and while it’s been a great, great run. I started out buying properties in the 100,000s and now it’s $800,000 to $1,000,000.  How much higher can it go? I don’t know

To me, the remaining potential for appreciation does not match the risk hence I’m advising my clients to look to where one can find rental properties that are affordable range of $150,000 to $350,000 US$, with rents that range from $1,400 to 2,600/month plus utilities.   As many Canadians recognize, these numbers will be positive cash flow and are night and day compared to anything locally. Plus the landlord has all of the rights, no rent control, and income is US dollars which are better than Canadian dollars.

If you don’t believe me, US dollars are better than Canadian dollars, go ask 100 non-Canadians which currency they prefer to be paid in.

So to regain control of your retirement planning.  Go to iwin.sharesfr.com and check out what great cash flow properties are available in the USA.  

The best part is, my US investments will be much more passive compared to by local investments as I’m hiring an asset manager called SHARE to hand hold me through the entire process.  As their client and shareholder, Share will source me quality income properties, help me with legal structure and taxes, they manage the property manager and insurance provider while passing down to me preferred rates so I save both time and money.  

Share will even tell me when to strategically refinance or sell.  SHARE can even support investors all over the country for proper diversification hence my plan is to own in Tennessee, Georgia, and Texas.  Share is like my joint venture partner but I only have to pay them fees while I keep 100% ownership and control.

If your goal in investing is to increase cash flow, I don’t know of a better strategy for most Canadians most of the time.  One last time that’s iwin.sharesfr.com to see what boring, cash flowing real estate investing can look like on your path towards financial peace.

This is how I’m going to make real estate investing great again for my family and hope you choose the same.  Till next time!

Sponsored by:

This episode is brought to you by me! We don’t have sponsors for this show. I only share with you services owned by my wife Cherry and me.  Real estate investing is a staple in my life and allowed me to build wealth and, more importantly, achieve financial peace about the future, knowing our retirement is taken care of and my kids will be able to afford a home when they grow up.  If you, too, are interested in my systematic strategy to implement the #1 investment strategy, the same one pretty much all my guests are doing themselves, then go visit www.infinitywealth.ca/events and register for our next event.

Till next time, just do it because I believe in you.

Erwin

W: erwinszeto.com
FB: https://www.facebook.com/erwin.szeto
IG: https://www.instagram.com/erwinszeto/

Disclaimer:
As a committed advocate for transparent and responsible real estate investment, I want to openly share my involvement with SHARE SFR (Single Family Rental) as an Advisor. I hold an equity position in this company and receive a referral commission for clients I introduce to their services. My endorsement of their business model – focusing on direct ownership of positive cash flow income properties – is consistent with my own personal investing since 2005, is based not only on a professional assessment but also on my personal experience and belief in their approach. Please note that while I stand behind my recommendations, it is crucial for each individual to conduct their own due diligence and consider their unique circumstances before making any investment decisions. As always, my priority is to provide you with honest, insightful, and practical real estate investment education.

https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2025/07/Youtube-thumbnails-2.png 720 1280 truthaboutrealestateinvesting_urdkth https://www.truthaboutrealestateinvesting.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/TruthRectangleLogo.png truthaboutrealestateinvesting_urdkth2025-07-22 14:26:542025-07-22 15:58:37Subject-To + Seller Leasebacks: The Secret Playbook Canadians Need for Passive U.S. Real Estate
Page 1 of 11123›»
© Copyright - Truth About Real Estate Investing for Canadians | Rock Star Real Estate Inc., Brokerage 905-361-9098 | Designed by John Cerpnjak
Scroll to top